<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" >

<channel>
	<title>poe &#8211; XVRAID XVR-DVR-NVR CCTV DESK</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.xvraid.com/tag/poe/feed" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://www.xvraid.com</link>
	<description>security and surveillance blog</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Tue, 09 Jul 2024 07:54:16 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=7.1</generator>

<image>
	<url>https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/02/ipcam.png</url>
	<title>poe &#8211; XVRAID XVR-DVR-NVR CCTV DESK</title>
	<link>https://www.xvraid.com</link>
	<width>32</width>
	<height>32</height>
</image> 
	<item>
		<title>Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/junction-box-for-ptz-cameras-installation-guide.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/junction-box-for-ptz-cameras-installation-guide.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 09 Jul 2024 07:53:39 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CONVERTER]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[how do]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Junction Box]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lorex]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Outdoor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[poe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tools]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[with]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[XVR]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=5898</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide, Your customizable commercial-grade solution for your PTZ camera—the new Junction Box. With its versatile design,...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide, Your customizable commercial-grade solution for your PTZ camera—the new Junction Box. With its versatile design, it offers unmatched weather, dust, and vandalism protection, clutter-free cables, and effortless access and maintenance.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 18pt;">What&#8217;s Included:</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Junction Box</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">5 mm Allen Key</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Silicone Plug</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Machine Screws (8×)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Washers (16×)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Expansion Bolts (4×)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Cable Glands (3×)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Cable Ties (5×)</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h3 style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;">Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide<span style="font-size: 12pt;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><strong><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 18pt;">Installation:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Warning</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">: Install in an area that can support 3× total weight of the camera and junction box.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Use the Allen key to loosen the screws and open the junction box.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/loosening-screws.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="288" height="266" class="wp-image-5899 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/loosening-screws.jpeg" alt="loosening screws" title="Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide 20"></a></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">2.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Remove the screws with the Allen key to detach the back bracket.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/detatching-the-bracket.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" width="328" height="307" class="wp-image-5900 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/detatching-the-bracket.jpeg" alt="detatching the bracket" title="Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide 21" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/detatching-the-bracket.jpeg 328w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/detatching-the-bracket-300x281.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 328px) 100vw, 328px" /></a></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">3.</span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Optional Customization</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">: Install a converter, air circuit breaker, standard socket, surge protectors, and a power adapter.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/customizing-parts.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" width="281" height="346" class="wp-image-5901 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/customizing-parts.jpeg" alt="customizing parts" title="Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide 22" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/customizing-parts.jpeg 281w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/customizing-parts-244x300.jpeg 244w" sizes="(max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">: The products mentioned and shown above are not included.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">4.</span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Optional Customization</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">: Use a Phillips head screwdriver to remove any unused trays inside the junction box.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/removing-irrelevant-trays.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="310" height="345" class="wp-image-5902 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/removing-irrelevant-trays.jpeg" alt="removing irrelevant trays" title="Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide 23" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/removing-irrelevant-trays.jpeg 310w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/removing-irrelevant-trays-270x300.jpeg 270w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 310px) 100vw, 310px" /></a></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">5.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Drill holes in the wall and install the back bracket with expansion bolts.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/installing-the-back-bracket.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="303" height="245" class="wp-image-5903 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/installing-the-back-bracket.jpeg" alt="installing the back bracket" title="Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide 24" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/installing-the-back-bracket.jpeg 303w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/installing-the-back-bracket-300x243.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 303px) 100vw, 303px" /></a></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">6.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Lower the junction box onto the back bracket.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/attaching-the-junction-box.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="316" height="316" class="wp-image-5904 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/attaching-the-junction-box.jpeg" alt="attaching the junction" title="Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide 25" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/attaching-the-junction-box.jpeg 316w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/attaching-the-junction-box-300x300.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/attaching-the-junction-box-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 316px) 100vw, 316px" /></a></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">7.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Tighten the screws using the Allen key.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/tightening-screws.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="353" height="397" class="wp-image-5905 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/tightening-screws.jpeg" alt="tightening screws" title="Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide 26" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/tightening-screws.jpeg 353w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/tightening-screws-267x300.jpeg 267w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 353px) 100vw, 353px" /></a></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">8.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Remove the silicone plug and open it along the slit.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/opening-the-plug.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="335" height="87" class="wp-image-5906 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/opening-the-plug.jpeg" alt="opening the plug" title="Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide 27" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/opening-the-plug.jpeg 335w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/opening-the-plug-300x78.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 335px) 100vw, 335px" /></a></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">9.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Insert the cable into the plug and reinstall the plug into the junction box.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/installing-the-plug-and-cable.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="269" height="279" class="wp-image-5907 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/installing-the-plug-and-cable.jpeg" alt="installing the plug and cable" title="Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide 28"></a></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">10.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Use the appropriate screws and washers to attach the PTZ camera to the front of the junction box.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/iunstalling-the-ptz-camera.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="269" height="279" class="wp-image-5908 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/iunstalling-the-ptz-camera.jpeg" alt="iunstalling the ptz camera" title="Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide 29"></a></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">11.</span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Weatherproof the Wiring</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">: Connect the necessary cables, pass them and the camera cables through the bottom holes, and secure them with cable glands.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connecting-the-cable-glands.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="269" height="279" class="wp-image-5909 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/connecting-the-cable-glands.jpeg" alt="connecting the cable glands" title="Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide 30"></a></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">12.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Close the junction box and tighten all four screws.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/securing-the-junction-box.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="269" height="279" class="wp-image-5910 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/securing-the-junction-box.jpeg" alt="securing the junction" title="Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide 31"></a></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">Junction Box for PTZ Cameras: Troubleshooting Guide</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">This article provides troubleshooting guidance for addressing issues for your </span><a href="https://www.lorex.com/products/ajlz-junction-box?_pos=2&amp;_sid=ba4859091&amp;_ss=r" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00498d; font-size: 10.5pt;">AJLZ junction box</span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> for PTZ cameras.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">I cannot fit my camera&#8217;s cable through the front of the junction box</span></h2>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Remove the silicon plug, and open it at the slit.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">2.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Place the plug around your camera&#8217;s cable and insert the cable through the large hole in the front of the junction box.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">3.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Reinstall the silicon plug in the front of the box and push it into place.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/opening-the-plug-1.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="335" height="87" class="wp-image-5911 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/opening-the-plug-1.jpeg" alt="opening the plug 1" title="Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide 32" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/opening-the-plug-1.jpeg 335w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/opening-the-plug-1-300x78.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 335px) 100vw, 335px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">My PTZ Camera has external accessories</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">You can install external accessories inside the junction box in the metal trays.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/customizing-parts-1.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="281" height="346" class="wp-image-5912 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/customizing-parts-1.jpeg" alt="customizing parts 1" title="Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide 33" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/customizing-parts-1.jpeg 281w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/customizing-parts-1-244x300.jpeg 244w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 281px) 100vw, 281px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">I want more room for cables in my junction box</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">You can make more room in the junction box by removing the metal trays inside with a Phillips head screwdriver.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/removing-trays.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="310" height="345" class="wp-image-5913 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/removing-trays.jpeg" alt="removing trays" title="Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide 34" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/removing-trays.jpeg 310w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/removing-trays-270x300.jpeg 270w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 310px) 100vw, 310px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">I need to organize my cables</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">The included cable ties are for cable organization inside of the junction box. Manually coil your cables until the junction box outputs the desired length of wire, and then use the cable ties to keep the coil together.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">Junction Box for PTZ Cameras: Frequently Asked Questions</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">This article answers frequently asked questions about your </span><a href="https://www.lorex.com/products/ajlz-junction-box?_pos=2&amp;_sid=ba4859091&amp;_ss=r" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00498d; font-size: 10.5pt;">AJLZ junction box</span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> for PTZ cameras.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5.65pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 11pt;">Setup</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">What tools do I need to install my junction box?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">To install your junction box, you will only need a drill, however to customize your junction box with accessories you will need a Phillips head screwdriver.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">How do I fit my camera&#8217;s cable through the front of my junction box?</span></h2>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Remove the silicon plug, and open it at the slit.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">2.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Place the plug around your camera&#8217;s cable and insert the cable through the large hole in the front of the junction box.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">3.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Reinstall the silicon plug in the front of the box and push it into place.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/opening-the-plug-2.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="335" height="87" class="wp-image-5914 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/opening-the-plug-2.jpeg" alt="opening the plug 2" title="Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide 35" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/opening-the-plug-2.jpeg 335w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/opening-the-plug-2-300x78.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 335px) 100vw, 335px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">Where can I install the junction box?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">The outdoor junction box can be installed at any location that can support 3× total weight of the outdoor junction box and the attached camera. However the following criteria are recommended for best performance:</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5.65pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 11pt;">Location Selection:</span></h3>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Install the camera at a height that provides a broad and unobstructed view of the area you want to monitor. For most PTZ cameras, a height between 8 to 15 feet is ideal.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Ensure the location and angle allows the camera to cover all necessary areas without any blind spots.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Choose a location that is accessible for maintenance and adjustments but secure enough to prevent tampering.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Ensure proximity to a power source if the camera is not PoE.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h3 style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5.65pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 11pt;">Mounting Surface:</span></h3>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Determine whether the camera will be mounted on a wall or ceiling. Junction boxes are available for both types of mounts.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Ensure the mounting surface is sturdy and capable of supporting the weight of the camera and junction box. Concrete, brick, or solid wood are ideal.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h3 style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5.65pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 11pt;">Other recommendations:</span></h3>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Place the camera close to your Wi-Fi router as possible.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Reduce the number of obstructive materials between the camera and the router or access point.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">What are the benefits of the junction box?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">The outdoor junction box adds protection, and aids in wire organization for your device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">How much weight can the junction box hold?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">The outdoor junction box can carry up to 17.64 lb / 8.0 kg, which includes the weight of any of the </span><a href="https://help.lorextechnology.com/link/portal/57356/57366/Article/3861/**UPDATE**" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00498d; font-size: 10.5pt;">compatible devices</span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">How do I install my junction box?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Please refer to the </span><a href="https://help.lorextechnology.com/link/portal/57356/57366/Article/3860/ajlz-junction-box-ptz-cameras-installation-guide" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00498d; font-size: 10.5pt;">Installation Guide</span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> for your junction box.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">How do I organize the cables inside the junction box?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">The included cable ties are for cable organization inside of the junction box. Manually coil your cables until the junction box outputs the desired cable length, and then use the cable ties to keep the coil together.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5.65pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 11pt;">General</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">What is a junction box</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">A junction box attatches to a device and secures its cables in a contained space. It allows for improved safety, organization, and look for a device and it&#8217;s cables. This PTZ camera junction box allows you to keep your PTZ camera&#8217;s cables, and applicable added accessories safe and secure from weather and tampering.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">How many cables can exit or enter my junction box?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Up to 5 cables can enter or exit the junction box and plu in externally. Up to 3 cables can be weatherproofed with a cable gland.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">What are the dimensions of the outdoor junction box?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">The dimensions of the outdoor junction box are (W × D × H) 11.70 × 9.76 × 5.15” / 297.2 × 248.0 × 130.7 mm.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/junction-box-dimensions.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="268" class="wp-image-5915 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/junction-box-dimensions.jpeg" alt="junction box dimensions" title="Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide 36" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/junction-box-dimensions.jpeg 448w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/junction-box-dimensions-300x179.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">Which cameras are compatible with this product?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Please see the </span><a href="https://help.lorextechnology.com/link/portal/57356/57366/Article/3861/**UPDATE**" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00498d; font-size: 10.5pt;">Compatibility Chart</span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> to find compatible cameras.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">What is the size of the included Allen key?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">The included Allen key is 5 mm.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;"> Outdoor Junction Box: Frequently Asked Questions</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">The following FAQ article answers common questions about the AJLD-1W Series &#8211; Outdoor Junction Box. Where applicable, the FAQ includes links to articles where you may find more information.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">How do I install my E851AD camera with this product?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">The </span><a href="https://www.lorex.com/products/e851-4k-ip-wired-dome-camera?_pos=1&amp;_sid=7219e7090&amp;_ss=r" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00498d; font-size: 10.5pt;">E851AD camera</span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> equips a cable that exits from the bottom edge of the device, while other models equip cables that exit from the middle of the bottom side. Because of this, extra care must be taken to attach the outdoor junction box to the E851AD camera. Please follow the following steps for proper installation of your camera and outdoor junction box.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Install the bottom half of junction box to your desired location.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">2.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Remove the dome camera cover from the E851AD camera using the provided Allen key from the camera package.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/e851domeremove3.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="304" height="402" class="wp-image-5916 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/e851domeremove3.jpeg" alt="e851domeremove3" title="Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide 37" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/e851domeremove3.jpeg 304w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/e851domeremove3-227x300.jpeg 227w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 304px) 100vw, 304px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Note:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> Do not remove the dome cover in humid or dusty environments and always wash your hands before handling your camera.</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">3.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Carefully bend the E851AD camera cable to fit into the upper portion of the outdoor junction box. The outdoor junction box has been indented to allow for compatibilty with the E851AD camera. Feed the camera cable through the hole in the middle of the indentation.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">4.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Use the provided screws and Allen key from the junction box package, to attach the base of the E851AD camera to the outdoor junction box.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">5.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Use the provided Allen key and screws from the camera package, to re-attach the dome camera cover to the E851AD camera base.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">6.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Bring the top half of the outdoor junction box to the bottom half, and close it using the provided screws and Allen key from the junction box package.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/ajld-1we851installation.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="276" height="434" class="wp-image-5917 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/ajld-1we851installation.jpeg" alt="ajld 1we851installation" title="Junction Box for PTZ Cameras Installation Guide 38" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/ajld-1we851installation.jpeg 276w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/ajld-1we851installation-191x300.jpeg 191w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 276px) 100vw, 276px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Enjoy using your new E851AD camera, with your new outdoor junction box.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">Where can I install the outdoor junction box?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">The outdoor junction box can be installed at any location that can support the entire weight of the outdoor junction box and the attached camera (up to 7.8 lbs / 3.54 kg). However the following criteria are recommended for best performance:</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Place your camera in a wide, open space, and avoid placing it near any obstructions.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Place your camera at the central point of the area you wish to monitor.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Point your camera where there is the least amount of obstructions (i.e. tree branches).</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Install your camera in a location that is difficult for thieves and vandals to reach.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Secure cabling so that it is not exposed or easily cut.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Other recommendations:</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Place the camera close to your Wi-Fi router as possible.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Reduce the number of obstructive materials between the camera and the router or access point.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">What are the benefits of the outdoor junction box?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">The outdoor junction box adds protection, and aids in wire organization for your device.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">How much weight can the outdoor junction box hold?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">The outdoor junction box can carry up to 1.19 llbs / 0.54 kg, which includes the weight of any of the </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00498d; font-size: 10.5pt;">compatible devices</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">What are the dimensions of the outdoor junction box?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">The dimensions of the outdoor junction box are (W × D × H) 5.27 × 5.25 × 2.05” / 134 × 133.5 × 52 mm.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">Which cameras are compatible with this product?</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Please see the Compatibility Chart to find </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00498d; font-size: 10.5pt;">compatible cameras</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/junction-box-for-ptz-cameras-installation-guide.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to Connect IP Camera Guide 2024</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/how-to-connect-ip-camera-guide-2024.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/how-to-connect-ip-camera-guide-2024.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 09 Jun 2024 17:25:44 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[admin]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Client Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Config Tool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[factory]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[google]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to use]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Internet Explorer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ios]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP address]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip cam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iphone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network cables]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Video Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[opera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[poe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PoE injector]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PoE switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[security camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security camera system]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[smart camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[with]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[XVR]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=5842</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[How to Connect IP Camera Guide 2024, How to Connect IP Camera to Computer, Many consumers find the need for a professional...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How to Connect IP Camera Guide 2024, How to Connect IP Camera to Computer, Many consumers find the need for a professional IP based security camera system for their home, business, or property, but are under the assumption that IP systems are complicated and too tech-heavy.  This discourages them from purchasing one, preventing them the security they require. The truth is, though, that setting up an IP camera is easier than you think. It involves a basic understanding of networking, and by following some simple steps, you’ll have your IP cameras functioning in no time.</p>
<p>Our IP camera can connect directly to your network or computer, and there are three ways to do so. The three ways listed below do not require a NVR. A NVR, or Network Video Recorder, is the device that IP cameras connect to.  The NVR records video provided by the IP cameras to a hard drive, either in HD (720p, 1080p), 2K HD, or Ultra HD (4K) depending on the type of NVR and type of camera that&#8217;s being used with it.</p>
<p>IP cameras are network-based cameras, however they don’t require Internet access in order to be used as they are standalone devices that can be used on a local network. A simple local network can be either of the following:</p>
<p>1.An IP network camera connected with a network cable to your desktop computer&#8217;s network port.</p>
<p>2.An IP camera connected to a router that is connected to a desktop or laptop computer, but the router is not connected to the internet.</p>
<p>Only if you want to view your system remotely from the internet then you would have to connect the system to the Internet.</p>
<h2>Do I need a NVR for my IP security camera system?</h2>
<p>A NVR is not necessary in order to view your network cameras or even record video. If you are testing cameras, looking for a temporary setup or want to set up something inexpensive then using a computer with an IP camera is a good alternative to a NVR.  SmartPSS is our computer software program that allows PCs to view and record IP cameras. However, this kind of processing will demand a lot from the computer. Most likely, you wouldn’t be able to use that computer for personal use as it would be bogged down processing video from high resolution IP network cameras.  Also, computers can be unreliable and crash, potentially leaving you with no recorded video.</p>
<p>NVR products are standalone devices using a Linux operating system which is known to be rock-solid and crash free, and designed to be operate 24/7 and maintain system security with user account access permissions. For a complete security camera system, you will want to use a NVR along with cameras. SmartPSS software can be used as a client software to connect from a computer to a NVR to watch cameras connected to the NVR and to playback/download recorded security footage.</p>
<h2>How to Connect IP Camera Guide 2024</h2>
<h2>Three ways to connect an IP camera to a computer</h2>
<p>Before we begin, it is important to understand that network camera systems require the ability to transport video and power to work correctly. Power Over Ethernet (PoE) is a technology that transmits video/data signal and power over one Ethernet cable. In situations where PoE isn’t available, a 12V DC power adapter will be necessary to supply power to the camera.</p>
<p>Secondly, you will need to use our <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/19cChBOY8tFjLbGAEbbIfN2-uFWrYQ_Pe/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">IP finder Config Tool</a> to find cameras on your network. For more info on basic networking knowledge as to how IP addresses matter when deploying network cameras, please read our guide about connecting security cameras to the internet.</p>
<p>Now, let’s discuss the three ways to to connect to an IP camera from your computer.</p>
<p>1.12V DC power adapter with a network cable straight into a PC</p>
<p>2.12V DC power to camera + network cable to router</p>
<p>3.Camera to PoE Switch or PoE Injector</p>
<h2>How to Connect IP Camera to Computer</h2>
<h2>1) 12V DC power adapter with a network cable straight into a PC</h2>
<p>a) For this method we will provide power to the camera using a 12V DC 1amp power adapter that plugs into a 110V AC outlet. Below is a picture of our trusty power adapter.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-331.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="600" height="490" class="wp-image-5843 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-331.jpeg" alt="Picture 331" title="How to Connect IP Camera Guide 2024 54" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-331.jpeg 600w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-331-300x245.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;">b) Next, connect a network cable from the camera to your computer.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-332.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="450" height="300" class="wp-image-5844 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-332.jpeg" alt="Picture 332" title="How to Connect IP Camera Guide 2024 55" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-332.jpeg 450w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-332-300x200.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 450px) 100vw, 450px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-333.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="450" height="313" class="wp-image-5845 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-333.jpeg" alt="Picture 333" title="How to Connect IP Camera Guide 2024 56" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-333.jpeg 450w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-333-300x209.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 450px) 100vw, 450px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;">c) Set your computer&#8217;s network port to a static IP address like 192.168.1.200 so you can talk to the camera. Here&#8217;s how you do it on a Windows Computer:</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" title="Changing the IP Address of Your Computer&amp;apos;s Network Port" width="500" height="281" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/3ECFMFQK8-o?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<p>d) All newer cameras with firmware from 2018 and onward have stringent password rules that require initialization before making any configuration changes to the camera including the IP address. In order to set the password and password recovery email address you must login to the web interface of the camera. Be sure to note down and keep the credentials you are setting in a safe place that you will remember.</p>
<p>There are no master reset passwords for our equipment. If you forget your password, recovery email address, and security questions that you set on the camera at time of initialization, resetting the camera requires factory service which will incur out-of-warranty costs to reflash the camera.</p>
<p>.</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" title="How to Initialize an IP Camera Using Web Service" width="500" height="281" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/qv7A_79D4Yo?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<p>e) Once you have a static IP address assigned to your computer&#8217;s wired network port, turn off WiFi on your computer. You can find the camera’s current IP address by using the <a href="https://www.cctvcameraworld.com/ip-camera-configuration-tool/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener">Config Tool</a> as shown. Our test camera has a current IP address of 10.1.1.65. If you need to change the IP address to let&#8217;s say 192.168.1.120, you can do that by clicking on the pencil icon to edit.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-334.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="680" height="314" class="wp-image-5846 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-334.jpeg" alt="Picture 334" title="How to Connect IP Camera Guide 2024 57" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-334.jpeg 680w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-334-300x139.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 680px) 100vw, 680px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;">Note: if you have a password other than admin set on the cameras, then you will need to enter that in the &#8220;search settings&#8221; options before attempting to edit the IP address. See the illustration below on how that is done.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-335.gif" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="680" height="476" class="wp-image-5847 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-335.gif" alt="Picture 335" title="How to Connect IP Camera Guide 2024 58"></a></span></p>
<p>f) As explained in our article connecting security cameras to the internet, for two devices on a network to talk to each other, they must have the same IP address scheme. In 1C we set our computer&#8217;s address to 192.168.1.200, so we need to set change this camera&#8217;s address to 192.168.1.X where X is a number between 2 and 254, and not same as the our computer&#8217;s current address. We picked 12, so below is a screenshot of what to set your camera&#8217;s ip address to if you are following along in our guide. Set the subnet to 255.255.255.0 and gateway to 192.168.1.1.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-336.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="680" height="476" class="wp-image-5848 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-336.jpeg" alt="Picture 336" title="How to Connect IP Camera Guide 2024 59" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-336.jpeg 680w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-336-300x210.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 680px) 100vw, 680px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;">g) After changing your camera’s IP address to one that matches your network, type the new IP address of your camera into the URL of internet explorer. Here&#8217;s a brief example:</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-337.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="640" height="480" class="wp-image-5849 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-337.jpeg" alt="Picture 337" title="How to Connect IP Camera Guide 2024 60" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-337.jpeg 640w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-337-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 640px) 100vw, 640px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;">You can also view the camera using our PC software. If you don&#8217;t already have it, you can <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B59CscyVnyBYaWtJdkFhMFBGZUU/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #467886; font-size: 12pt;">download</span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #467886; font-size: 12pt;">SmartPSS</span> <span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #467886; font-size: 12pt;">from</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #467886; font-size: 12pt;"> here</span></a>. Here&#8217;s how if you already have SmartPSS installed.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-338.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="640" height="480" class="wp-image-5850 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-338.jpeg" alt="Picture 338" title="How to Connect IP Camera Guide 2024 61" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-338.jpeg 640w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-338-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 640px) 100vw, 640px" /></a></span></p>
<p>In summary, the above is a quick and easy way to connect an IP camera to a computer with a hardwired network port. This is great for the following scenarios:</p>
<p>• You don&#8217;t have a router and want to set up a closed circuit system between a computer and a security camera.</p>
<p>• You are trying to test an IP camera or troubleshoot it.</p>
<p>• You are trying to connect to a security video recorder directly from a computer.</p>
<p>Most computers have only one network port, so this method can be problematic as it would use up your only network port, preventing you from having a hard-wired Internet connection. The next 2 methods will demonstrate how to set up a network camera on a network. Method 2 is for setting up a camera with a 12V DC power supply and Method 3 entails using a PoE injector or switch. The only different between these two methods is how power is supplied to the camera.</p>
<h2>2) 12V DC power to camera + network cable to router</h2>
<p>This method will show you how to connect an IP camera to your router and view it over a network, while supplying power to the camera using a 12V DC power adaptor.</p>
<p>a) Connect a 12V DC power supply to your camera and connect the power adaptor to the wall to power the camera.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-339.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="600" height="401" class="wp-image-5851 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-339.jpeg" alt="Picture 339" title="How to Connect IP Camera Guide 2024 62" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-339.jpeg 600w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-339-300x201.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;">b) Connect a network (Ethernet) cable from the camera to the router to establish a data connection between the camera and the router.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-340.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="600" height="371" class="wp-image-5852 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-340.jpeg" alt="Picture 340" title="How to Connect IP Camera Guide 2024 63" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-340.jpeg 600w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-340-300x186.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;">c) Give the camera about 2-3 minutes to boot. Use our IP Finder Config Tool to find the camera on your local area network (LAN).  Below is a screen shot of how it looks in our case.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-341.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="680" height="314" class="wp-image-5853 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-341.jpeg" alt="Picture 341" title="How to Connect IP Camera Guide 2024 64" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-341.jpeg 680w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-341-300x139.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 680px) 100vw, 680px" /></a></span></p>
<p>The camera currently has an IP address of 10.1.1.65. As explained in our article connecting security cameras to the internet, for the camera to be reachable from the computer on your network, its IP address has to match the IP scheme of your network. In our case our router IP is 192.168.1.1, so we are going to have to change the IP address of the camera. To change the IP simple press the pencil icon to edit.</p>
<p>d) We are going to set the camera to an IP of 192.168.1.X, we chose 192.168.1.12. Before we go ahead and change the IP address, we have to think about duplicate IP addresses on the network which would create networking issues. To see if a specific IP address is available on your LAN, use the command prompt in Windows to ping the address you intend to use. Below is a video explaining how to use the ping command. You can use this command on Mac as well by using the terminal.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-342.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="640" height="480" class="wp-image-5854 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-342.jpeg" alt="Picture 342" title="How to Connect IP Camera Guide 2024 65" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-342.jpeg 640w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-342-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 640px) 100vw, 640px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;">e) Let&#8217;s change the IP address. In our case we set it to 192.168.1.12. Subnet mask is usually 255.255.255.0 on simple networks, and the gateway is the IP address of the router. Press OK.<br />
<span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-343.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="680" height="476" class="wp-image-5855 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-343.jpeg" alt="Picture 343" title="How to Connect IP Camera Guide 2024 66" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-343.jpeg 680w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-343-300x210.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 680px) 100vw, 680px" /></a></span></p>
<p>f)  Once the camera is assigned a new IP address, you can access the camera using your Web Browser or SmartPSS as shown in 1F above.</p>
<h2>3) Camera to PoE Switch or PoE Injector</h2>
<p>We discussed that PoE supplies power to the camera, so a 12V power adapter is not necessary in this scenario.</p>
<p>In this method you plug an ethernet cable from the camera to a PoE port on a compatible PoE switch or injector. The PoE switch or injector connects to the router.</p>
<p>Here&#8217;s how you connect to a PoE switch.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-344.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="600" height="236" class="wp-image-5856 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-344.jpeg" alt="Picture 344" title="How to Connect IP Camera Guide 2024 67" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-344.jpeg 600w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-344-300x118.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;">Here&#8217;s how you connect to a PoE injector</p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-345.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="600" height="373" class="wp-image-5857 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-345.jpeg" alt="Picture 345" title="How to Connect IP Camera Guide 2024 68" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-345.jpeg 600w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/Picture-345-300x187.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></a></span></p>
<p>Again, use the Config Tool to find your camera’s IP address and change it to match your network scheme (if necessary) as described in steps 2C thru 2E. Once the camera is on the same network as your computer you can login and watch the camera as shown in Step 1F.</p>
<p>.</p>
<h2>Summary</h2>
<p>At this point, you now should know a good amount about networking and have used the above mentioned steps to make your very own IP camera system using your computer and IP camera.</p>
<p>Viewing an IP Camera on a Smart TV</p>
<p>Among the many different ways that security cameras are used, we are often asked if it is possible to view an IP camera directly on a Smart TV without using a NVR recorder. With most Smart TVs on the market there is no application that is available to watch IP cameras directly on the TV. In this guide we show how to use an Android TV box by downloading an App to connect an IP camera to a Smart TV or any monitor that has an HDMI input.</p>
<p>All IP cameras from CCTV Camera World support a RTSP video stream that is usable by third party programs and apps. The App that we suggest you use on an Android TV box is called <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.videolan.vlc&amp;hl=en_US" target="_blank" rel="noopener">VLC Media Player</a>. You can login and access the RTSP stream from an IP camera and have it display on a TV.</p>
<p>Keep in mind any device that can download VLC Media Player can do this process like iPhones, iPads, Android tablets, and phones.</p>
<h2>What equipment is needed?</h2>
<p>Here&#8217;s the list of all the equipment that is needed to connect an IP camera to a Smart TV.</p>
<p>1.IP camera from CCTV Camera World</p>
<p>2.PoE injector or 12V DC Power Adaptor to power the camera</p>
<p>3.Network cables to connect the camera to your computer network</p>
<p>4.Android TV Box from any online shopping marketplace</p>
<p>5.Computer network to connect the camera and Android TV Box</p>
<p>6.Internet connection to setup and install Apps on the Android TV box which can later be removed after the setup process is finished</p>
<p>7.SmartTV or Computer Monitor with HDMI input</p>
<p>.</p>
<h2>How to connect IP security cameras to an Android TV Box</h2>
<p>Before you can access the stream from the camera you will need to have it connected to your computer network and verify that it’s accessible. If you purchased a standalone IP camera from CCTV Camera World the camera is likely already configured with an IP address. Check the top of the camera box for the login information label. If the camera has not been configured, or you need to set it up on your network we recommend following our How to Connect an IP Camera guide.</p>
<p>You will also need to set up your Android TV box on your network, consult with the manufacturer of your box to find out how to do this.</p>
<p>You will need your IP address, username, and password that is set on the camera in order to access it. Inside of the VLC Media Player app you can access network streams. Inside of the app navigate to adding a video source and select network stream. Using the example RTSP stream below plug in the information for your camera&#8217;s IP address and type the text into the media player URL.</p>
<p>rtsp://192.168.1.109:554/cam/realmonitor?channel=1&amp;subtype=0</p>
<p>After you’ve typed in the correct RTSP stream for your camera you will be required to login to your camera stream. Type in the username and password for your camera to allow the app to login to your camera stream.</p>
<p>If you receive an error, double check that your camera is connected to the network and you’ve typed the correct username and password. Provided the camera is set up on the network and you are able to login you should now see your camera stream inside of the VLC Media Player App.</p>
<p>Keep in mind that Smart Camera features cannot be used with the RTSP stream. If you would like to use Smart Detection features that your security camera may have, you will want to use an NVR to display the camera on your TV.</p>
<p>Watch our video below that shows the setup process described above on an Android TV box.</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" title="Watching IP Cameras with an Android Box" width="500" height="281" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/IXPNx-WjNM4?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;">.</p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.39;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/how-to-connect-ip-camera-guide-2024.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<media:content url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/3ECFMFQK8-o" medium="video" width="1280" height="720">
			<media:player url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/3ECFMFQK8-o" />
			<media:title type="plain">Changing the IP Address of Your Computer&#039;s Network Port</media:title>
			<media:description type="html"><![CDATA[Changing the IP Address of Your Computer&#039;s Network Port using Windows 10.]]></media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/06/changing-the-ip-address-of-your-.jpg" />
			<media:rating scheme="urn:simple">nonadult</media:rating>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/blue-line-ip-camera-troubleshooting-v2.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/blue-line-ip-camera-troubleshooting-v2.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2024 16:15:27 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[admin]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Camera firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CVI]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[default]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Downloads]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Error Message]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware updates]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[google]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to use]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hybrid]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Invalid]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP address]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip cam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[latest firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[master password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network Video Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVRs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[opera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Outdoor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[patch cable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[poe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PoE switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ptz camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[security camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software Downloads]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video recorders]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[with]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[XVR]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=5816</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2, Experience the latest in IP security camera technology with our &#8220;Blue Line&#8221; Pro Series. Our cutting-edge...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2, Experience the latest in IP security camera technology with our &#8220;Blue Line&#8221; Pro Series. Our cutting-edge IP cameras offer video resolution ranging from 1080p to 4K, ensuring that every detail is captured with exceptional clarity. Whether monitoring your home, business, or any other property, our &#8220;Blue Line&#8221; IP cameras provide the highest level of video quality available on the market.  We offer a wide variety of IP cameras including bullet, domes, PTZ cameras, and more.  All of our commercial-grade security cameras can be used both indoor and outdoors.</p>
<div>
<div>
<div>• Crystal clear digital video quality with high definition up to 4K</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• View footage with exceptional clarity and sharpness</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• Motion notifications and easy video management</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• Variety of viewing angles and styles</div>
<div></div>
</div>
</div>
<h3>Unlimited Access Anywhere, Anytime</h3>
<p>When you combine our &#8220;Blue Line&#8221; IP Cameras with one of our compatible IP camera network video recorders you can keep an eye on your assets no matter where you are. Take advantage of the free remote viewing app to view on your cell. Use the free software to view and control you cameras on your tablet, or computer. Stay connected and have peace of mind knowing you can monitor your cameras remotely, without any additional monthly fees.</p>
<h3>LATEST FIRMWARE UPDATES FOR YOUR DEVICE</h3>
<h4>UPDATING YOUR SECURITY CAMERA FIRMWARE</h4>
<h3>Firmware Updates</h3>
<p>In order to do a firmware update you must first identify the EXACT model number of your DVR or NVR unit. The model number can be found on the sticker located on the bottom or side of the unit. All <a href="https://www.cctvsecuritypros.com/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener">CCTV Security Pros</a> model numbers begin with the prefix “CSP” (Example, CSP-XXXX). Please match your model number to the list provided below. You will also need to locate your order confirmation email to determine when the unit was purchased. Once you have identified the correct model number and firmware please continue by following the instructions below.</p>
<h3>Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2</h3>
<h4>Upgrading Your Firmware</h4>
<p>Please identify the correct model from the list of firmware provided below.</p>
<p>Please select the appropriate link and download the .bin file. Once the download is completed copy the .bin file to a USB Flash/Thumb Drive. We suggest formatting your USB drive to FAT32 before attempting the update.</p>
<p>**Note : Units with Build Dates of 2013 or earlier may require you to rename the file to &#8220;update.bin&#8221; before launching the upgrade.</p>
<p>Once the .bin file has been transferred onto your drive you can insert the USB Drive into either of the two USB ports found on your unit. One can be found on the front panel and one can be found on the rear of the unit.</p>
<p>Once the drive is inserted into the unit go to the following menu:</p>
<p>Main Menu &#8211;&gt; Setting &#8211;&gt; System &#8211;&gt; Upgrade. Click Start. Find and select the .bin file you transferred to the USB Drive and Click Start.</p>
<p>*NOTE &#8211; On select models you will need to go to:</p>
<p>Main Menu&#8211;&gt; Info &#8211;&gt; Version &#8211;&gt; Upgrade</p>
<p>The unit will now begin upgrading to the latest Firmware Revision that is available for your device. Once completed the system will reboot. After the reboot we recommend doing the following:</p>
<p>1) Remove the USB Drive from your system.</p>
<p>2) Change your passwords on your &#8220;admin&#8221; account. For assistance in altering your password please follow this link: <a href="https://www.cctvsecuritypros.com/content/pdfs/password-account-settings.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://www.cctvsecuritypros.com/content/pdfs/password-account-settings.pdf</a></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">2014 PURCHASE DATE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">DVR</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-LITE4</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11c2tWVlNJdl9kMWM/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11c2tWVlNJdl9kMWM/view?usp=sharing</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11c2tWVlNJdl9kMWM/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">CSP-LITE4 (alternative)</a></td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11M05Fd1dpUTRWLTg/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11M05Fd1dpUTRWLTg/view?usp=sharing</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11M05Fd1dpUTRWLTg/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">CSP-LITE8</a></td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11c2tWVlNJdl9kMWM/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11c2tWVlNJdl9kMWM/view?usp=sharing</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11c2tWVlNJdl9kMWM/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">CSP-LITE8 (alternative)</a></td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11M05Fd1dpUTRWLTg/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11M05Fd1dpUTRWLTg/view?usp=sharing</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11M05Fd1dpUTRWLTg/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">CSP-LITE16</a></td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11RmkzVUg0Q051MEU/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11RmkzVUg0Q051MEU/view?usp=sharing</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11RmkzVUg0Q051MEU/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">CSP-LITE16 (alternative)</a></td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11X2J3WGhmcHdhRHM/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11X2J3WGhmcHdhRHM/view?usp=sharing</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11X2J3WGhmcHdhRHM/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">CSP-4PRO960H</a></td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11bGgtMk1Lc0NHYTg/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11bGgtMk1Lc0NHYTg</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-4PRO960H (alternative)</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11S1EzQmIyMTUwOVE/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11S1EzQmIyMTUwOVE</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-8PRO960H</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11bGgtMk1Lc0NHYTg/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11bGgtMk1Lc0NHYTg</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-8PRO960H (alternative)</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11RzdFUlRQRksxWEE/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11RzdFUlRQRksxWEE</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-16PRO960H</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11bU8wNTNNN2JZMlE/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11bU8wNTNNN2JZMlE</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-16PRO960H (alternative)</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11VndLSERKaTl5ZGc/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11VndLSERKaTl5ZGc</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-4XTR960H</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11bGgtMk1Lc0NHYTg/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11bGgtMk1Lc0NHYTg</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-8XTR960H</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11bGgtMk1Lc0NHYTg/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11bGgtMk1Lc0NHYTg</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-16XTR960H</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11bGgtMk1Lc0NHYTg/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11bGgtMk1Lc0NHYTg</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-EXTREME32HD</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11c1oyWDZfN1NVMzQ/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11c1oyWDZfN1NVMzQ</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-CVIMINI4</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11b0FSSW5PSFVvVGc/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11b0FSSW5PSFVvVGc</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-CVIMINI</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11NFdfd3BxQXN4bVU/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11NFdfd3BxQXN4bVU</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-4PROCVI</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11akZvT2M3WnM0Zk0/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11akZvT2M3WnM0Zk0</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-8PROCVI</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11b20ydmtjako3RzA/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11b20ydmtjako3RzA</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-16PROCVI</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11b20ydmtjako3RzA/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11b20ydmtjako3RzA</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">NVR</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-4PROPOE</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11Ym1kVnZhVkNxaXc/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11Ym1kVnZhVkNxaXc</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-8PROPOE</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11THZHUS1DMzdqZkE/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11THZHUS1DMzdqZkE</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-EXTREME16NVR</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11THZHUS1DMzdqZkE/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11THZHUS1DMzdqZkE</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-EXTREME32NVR</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11THZHUS1DMzdqZkE/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11THZHUS1DMzdqZkE</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-XTRPOE16</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">HYBRID</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-EXTREME16HBR</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11Mm5tTm4zanJnVGc/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11Mm5tTm4zanJnVGc</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-4HBR960H</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11VFBpNXNmYTFjU2M/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11VFBpNXNmYTFjU2M</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-8HBR960H</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11VFBpNXNmYTFjU2M/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11VFBpNXNmYTFjU2M</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-16HBR960H</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11VFBpNXNmYTFjU2M/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11VFBpNXNmYTFjU2M</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"> 2015 PURCHASE DATE</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">DVR</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-LITE4</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11c2tWVlNJdl9kMWM/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11c2tWVlNJdl9kMWM/view?usp=sharing</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11c2tWVlNJdl9kMWM/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">CSP-LITE4 (alternative)</a></td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11M05Fd1dpUTRWLTg/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11M05Fd1dpUTRWLTg/view?usp=sharing</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11M05Fd1dpUTRWLTg/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">CSP-LITE8</a></td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11c2tWVlNJdl9kMWM/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11c2tWVlNJdl9kMWM/view?usp=sharing</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11c2tWVlNJdl9kMWM/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">CSP-LITE8 (alternative)</a></td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11M05Fd1dpUTRWLTg/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11M05Fd1dpUTRWLTg/view?usp=sharing</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11M05Fd1dpUTRWLTg/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">CSP-LITE16</a></td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11RmkzVUg0Q051MEU/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11RmkzVUg0Q051MEU/view?usp=sharing</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11RmkzVUg0Q051MEU/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">CSP-LITE16 (alternative)</a></td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11X2J3WGhmcHdhRHM/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11X2J3WGhmcHdhRHM/view?usp=sharing</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11X2J3WGhmcHdhRHM/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">CSP-4PRO960H</a></td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11S1EzQmIyMTUwOVE/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11S1EzQmIyMTUwOVE</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-8PRO960H</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11RzdFUlRQRksxWEE/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11RzdFUlRQRksxWEE</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-16PRO960H</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11bU8wNTNNN2JZMlE/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11bU8wNTNNN2JZMlE</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-16PRO960H (alternative)</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11cHg2S1pPUXM2cm8/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11cHg2S1pPUXM2cm8</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-4XTR960H</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11QXY5R1N5SWc3Z0U/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11QXY5R1N5SWc3Z0U</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-8XTR960H</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11WkhZeHBEbUx6ZUE/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11WkhZeHBEbUx6ZUE</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-16XTR960H</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11UTlVOV9CUDdvX0k/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11UTlVOV9CUDdvX0k</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-CVIMINI4</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11b0FSSW5PSFVvVGc/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11b0FSSW5PSFVvVGc</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-CVIMINI8</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11NFdfd3BxQXN4bVU/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11NFdfd3BxQXN4bVU</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-4PROCVI</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11akZvT2M3WnM0Zk0/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11akZvT2M3WnM0Zk0</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-8PROCVI</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11b20ydmtjako3RzA/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11b20ydmtjako3RzA</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-16PROCVI</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11b20ydmtjako3RzA/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11b20ydmtjako3RzA</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-16PROCVI (alternative)</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11cHg2S1pPUXM2cm8/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11cHg2S1pPUXM2cm8</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-EXTREME32HD</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11U2ZnbUR4OEl0a28/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11U2ZnbUR4OEl0a28</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-CVIMINI4</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11cDVTMExBbm1YLXc/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11cDVTMExBbm1YLXc</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-CVIMINI8</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11akZvT2M3WnM0Zk0/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11akZvT2M3WnM0Zk0</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-32XTRCVI</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11N1AwdWdUUkJHMTg/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11N1AwdWdUUkJHMTg/view?usp=sharing</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11N1AwdWdUUkJHMTg/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">CSP-4PRO</a></td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11akZvT2M3WnM0Zk0/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11akZvT2M3WnM0Zk0</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-8PRO</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11akZvT2M3WnM0Zk0/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11akZvT2M3WnM0Zk0</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-16PRO</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11cHg2S1pPUXM2cm8/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11cHg2S1pPUXM2cm8</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-4XTR</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11akZvT2M3WnM0Zk0/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11akZvT2M3WnM0Zk0</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-8XTR</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11akZvT2M3WnM0Zk0/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11akZvT2M3WnM0Zk0</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-16XTR</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11cHg2S1pPUXM2cm8/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11cHg2S1pPUXM2cm8</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-32XTR</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11N1AwdWdUUkJHMTg/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11N1AwdWdUUkJHMTg/view?usp=sharing</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11N1AwdWdUUkJHMTg/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener"> </a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">HYBRIDS</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-4HBR960H</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11bGgtMk1Lc0NHYTg/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11bGgtMk1Lc0NHYTg</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-8HBR960H</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11bGgtMk1Lc0NHYTg/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11bGgtMk1Lc0NHYTg</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-16HBR960H</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11bGgtMk1Lc0NHYTg/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11bGgtMk1Lc0NHYTg</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-4TRIBRID</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11N1AwdWdUUkJHMTg/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11N1AwdWdUUkJHMTg/view?usp=sharing</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11N1AwdWdUUkJHMTg/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">CSP-8TRIBRID </a></td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11N1AwdWdUUkJHMTg/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11N1AwdWdUUkJHMTg/view?usp=sharing</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11N1AwdWdUUkJHMTg/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">CSP-16TRIBRID</a></td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11N1AwdWdUUkJHMTg/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11N1AwdWdUUkJHMTg/view?usp=sharing</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11N1AwdWdUUkJHMTg/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener"> </a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">NVR</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-NVRCUBE</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11ZzNKdlRmTEttSTQ/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11ZzNKdlRmTEttSTQ</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-4PROPOE</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-8PROPOE</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-XTRPOE16</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-EXTREME16NVR</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-EXTREME32NVR</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-XTRPOE16</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-XTRNVR16</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-XTRNVR32</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11U3VsTVdSd25zeWc/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11U3VsTVdSd25zeWc</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">2016 &#8211; 2019 PURCHASE DATES</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">DVR</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-4LITE</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11cDVTMExBbm1YLXc/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11cDVTMExBbm1YLXc</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-8LITE</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11cDVTMExBbm1YLXc/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11cDVTMExBbm1YLXc</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-16LITE</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11akZvT2M3WnM0Zk0/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11akZvT2M3WnM0Zk0</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-4LITE.5</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11aEVXeURTd3lpZXM/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11aEVXeURTd3lpZXM</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-8LITE.5</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11UXdFakdicVR1S2s/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11UXdFakdicVR1S2s</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-16LITE.5</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11RXdfZkM0aHNqZzA/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11RXdfZkM0aHNqZzA</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-4LITE.X5</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11Z0ItM0V5ZHhMaDA/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11Z0ItM0V5ZHhMaDA</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-8LITE.X5</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11UEw2TkEzeWVRdFU/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11UEw2TkEzeWVRdFU</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-16LITE.X5</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11eDZxUWU3cmtRcWs/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11eDZxUWU3cmtRcWs</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-4PRO</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11akZvT2M3WnM0Zk0/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11akZvT2M3WnM0Zk0</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-8PRO</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11cHg2S1pPUXM2cm8/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11cHg2S1pPUXM2cm8</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-16PRO</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11cHg2S1pPUXM2cm8/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11cHg2S1pPUXM2cm8</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-4PRO.7</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11VjYwaDBrZHNLSnM/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11VjYwaDBrZHNLSnM</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-8PRO.7</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11RXdfZkM0aHNqZzA/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11RXdfZkM0aHNqZzA</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-16PRO.7</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11b1JaVTRtQWExQ2s/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11b1JaVTRtQWExQ2s</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-4PRO.X7</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11UEw2TkEzeWVRdFU/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11UEw2TkEzeWVRdFU</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-8PRO.X7</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11OExRUUNIVkJsWWc/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11OExRUUNIVkJsWWc</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-16PRO.X7</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11c2s1MnNoMlp2QTA/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11c2s1MnNoMlp2QTA</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-16TRIBRID</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11N1AwdWdUUkJHMTg/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11N1AwdWdUUkJHMTg/view?usp=sharing</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-16XTR</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11cHg2S1pPUXM2cm8/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11cHg2S1pPUXM2cm8</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-32XTR</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11N1AwdWdUUkJHMTg/view?usp=sharing" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11N1AwdWdUUkJHMTg/view?usp=sharing</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-32XTR.X5</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/open?id=18BBt7UqFBhbW8xqQKOGeu76JPMrUelFC" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=18BBt7UqFBhbW8xqQKOGeu76JPMrUelFC</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">NVR</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-NVRWIFI</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11MUdkVVBLbENDR0E/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11MUdkVVBLbENDR0E</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-NVRCUBE</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-NVRPOE4</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-NVRPOE4-4KS</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/open?id=1CgTtWiWeFrURT_Bs35aNWgO4MrCQPliN" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=1CgTtWiWeFrURT_Bs35aNWgO4MrCQPliN</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-PROPOE8</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-XTRPOE16</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-XTRNVR16</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-XTRNVR32</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=0BxHOdABdpZ11UVhxeXJ6OVJjUzA</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-PROPOE8-4K</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1lLLuP3qUgee4rCiUZu7GEMUAteXWqmaI/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=1lLLuP3qUgee4rCiUZu7GEMUAteXWqmaI</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-XTRPOE16-4K</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1lLLuP3qUgee4rCiUZu7GEMUAteXWqmaI/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=1lLLuP3qUgee4rCiUZu7GEMUAteXWqmaI</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-XTRNVR16-4K</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/1lLLuP3qUgee4rCiUZu7GEMUAteXWqmaI/view" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=1lLLuP3qUgee4rCiUZu7GEMUAteXWqmaI</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-PROPOE8-4KS</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/open?id=1CgTtWiWeFrURT_Bs35aNWgO4MrCQPliN" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=1CgTtWiWeFrURT_Bs35aNWgO4MrCQPliN</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-XTRPOE16-4KS</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/open?id=1CgTtWiWeFrURT_Bs35aNWgO4MrCQPliN" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=1CgTtWiWeFrURT_Bs35aNWgO4MrCQPliN</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-XTRNVR16-4KS</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/open?id=1CgTtWiWeFrURT_Bs35aNWgO4MrCQPliN" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=1CgTtWiWeFrURT_Bs35aNWgO4MrCQPliN</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>CSP-XTRNVR32-4KS</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/open?id=1CgTtWiWeFrURT_Bs35aNWgO4MrCQPliN" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=1CgTtWiWeFrURT_Bs35aNWgO4MrCQPliN</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/open?id=1CgTtWiWeFrURT_Bs35aNWgO4MrCQPliN" target="_blank" rel="noopener">CSP-XTRNVR64-4KS2</a></td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/open?id=1-A_vk9q5x9PJwMK7Cv6XdG6xvJB1zEZ3" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=1-A_vk9q5x9PJwMK7Cv6XdG6xvJB1zEZ3</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">SureVision 2019 + Purchase Dates</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">NVR</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SV-NVR2P8</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/open?id=1IXTMXDH6Ts25SmYsCsJ5oRTH8fn5_4ka" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=1IXTMXDH6Ts25SmYsCsJ5oRTH8fn5_4ka</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SV-NVR4P16</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/open?id=1c_y7YGxE_DY2kq8GEdkaoFE4kR-jwOfR" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=1c_y7YGxE_DY2kq8GEdkaoFE4kR-jwOfR</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SV-NVR832</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/open?id=1c_y7YGxE_DY2kq8GEdkaoFE4kR-jwOfR" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/open?id=1c_y7YGxE_DY2kq8GEdkaoFE4kR-jwOfR</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>SV-NVR864</td>
<td><a href="https://drive.google.com/open?id=1c_y7YGxE_DY2kq8GEdkaoFE4kR-jwOfR" target="_blank" rel="noopener">https://drive.google.com/file/d/1t-OALXUz5uMujSi9iNUiWPDNBF__eXgF/view?usp=sharing</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>IMPORTANT: If you are having difficulty identifying the correct firmware please email us at <a href="mailto:support@cctvsecuritypros.com">support@cctvsecuritypros.com</a> with your order number and unit model number.</p>
<p>User Account Locked</p>
<p>Your system will lock itself out when you or someone else has attempted to log into your DVR</p>
<p>with an incorrect user/password combination more than three times within 30 minutes</p>
<p>When this happens you have two options.</p>
<p>1. Wait 30 minutes after the last failed login attempt and try again.</p>
<p>2. Reboot the DVR by using the rear toggle switch or by unplugging.</p>
<p>When the unit powers back on try and login with the default username and passwords.</p>
<p>Username: admin</p>
<p>Password: admin</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Username: 888888</p>
<p>Password: 888888</p>
<p>If neither of these passwords get you into your system you will need to email us at</p>
<p>Support@CCTVSecurityPros.com</p>
<p>and request a Master Password. Once we can confirm your</p>
<p>account we will happily be able to provide you with the correct login credentials.</p>
<p>Please have your Order Number or DVR/NVR Model Number when requesting a Master</p>
<p>Password.</p>
<p>*Note: The DVR/NVR Model Number can be found on the Bottom or Side of your system.</p>
<p>.</p>
<p>IP Camera Harness Repair</p>
<p>If your connector looks like the ones below, moisture has gotten into your RJ45 connector. The number one cause of premature IP camera failure has to do with improper weatherproofing techniques. If caught early enough a simple cotton swab and rubbing alcohol will clean that connector right up! You may need to resort to some heavier duty electrical contact cleaner if the cotton swab method does not work.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image1-209w246h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image1-209w246h.jpeg" alt="image1 209w246h" title="Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2 88"></a><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image2-320w224h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image2-320w224h.jpeg" alt="image2 320w224h" title="Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2 89"></a></p>
<p>If all else fails and the connector is too far gone and cleaning it will not work, you will need to perform a harness repair.</p>
<p>.</p>
<p>In order to perform the repair you will need:</p>
<p>.</p>
<p>.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image3-52w128h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image3-52w128h.jpeg" alt="image3 52w128h" title="Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2 90"></a>1 x RJ45 Crimp Tool1 x Male RJ45  1 x Female to Female RJ45</p>
<p><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image4-77w68h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image4-77w68h.jpeg" alt="image4 77w68h" title="Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2 91"></a>Connector</p>
<p><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image5-82w77h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image5-82w77h.jpeg" alt="image5 82w77h" title="Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2 92"></a></p>
<p>.</p>
<p>1 x Your choice of weatherproofing ( Weatherproof junction box or weatherproof Female to Female connection)</p>
<p>.</p>
<p>.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image6-133w118h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image6-133w118h.jpeg" alt="image6 133w118h" title="Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2 93"></a><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image7-133w82h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image7-133w82h.jpeg" alt="image7 133w82h" title="Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2 94"></a><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image8-143w110h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image8-143w110h.jpeg" alt="image8 143w110h" title="Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2 95"></a></p>
<p>Start by removing the RJ45 end off of your IP cameras harness. Be sure</p>
<p>.</p>
<p>Strip back the outside insulation to expose the internal cables.</p>
<p>.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image9-250w300h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image9-250w300h.jpeg" alt="image9 250w300h" title="Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2 96"></a></p>
<p>Organize the cables to match the pinout of the IP camera. Slide the organized cables into the connector and crimp. All CCTV Security Pros IP cameras will use this pinout.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image10-333w282h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image10-333w282h.jpeg" alt="image10 333w282h" title="Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2 97"></a><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image11-291w387h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image11-291w387h.jpeg" alt="image11 291w387h" title="Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2 98"></a></p>
<p><a id="Blank_Page"></a>Connect your Female to Female RJ45 connector to check your work, you should have a functioning IP camera now that its void of all corrision.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image12-314w419h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image12-314w419h.jpeg" alt="image12 314w419h" title="Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2 99"></a></p>
<p>Now that the IP camera has been repaired we still need to weatherproof this connection. It is now more vulnerable than ever!</p>
<p>Consider using a weatherproof junction box to make your connections in, or perhaps a weatherproof Female to Female connector.</p>
<p>Remember that different coupling styles exist so make sure that you are informed about how to use the coupler before you start crimping wires.</p>
<p>Troubleshooting Steps 4/8/16 Channel</p>
<p>(Cannot Find the Network Host)</p>
<p>To solve the error, please verify that the camera is properly plugged into the back of the system. If you unplug and re-plug it back in this should verify it is connected physically.</p>
<p>If the issue continues go to Main Menu &gt; Camera &gt; Camera List and delete the camera with the red status from the bottom list and do a Device Search to verify the camera is showing up on the top list.</p>
<p>If the camera does not show up this means the cable is not connecting properly, which could either mean the camera is not getting power or isn&#8217;t transmitting data. The best way to determine whether it is an issue with the Camera or Cable is to bench test the camera on a known working cable.</p>
<p>If it does show up but it has a different IP Address, please confirm the IP Address is in the 10.1.1.1-255 range (This is the default range of the internal Switch).</p>
<p>If the camera is not within the correct IP range, then the camera could need to be modified on the top list to properly connect in which you would select the camera, hit modify, type in the camera’s username and password and set the IP address to DHCP to automatically obtain an IP or statically assign the camera an IP address to match your switch range and gateway.</p>
<p>If the camera is on the correct range, you should be able to add it to the bottom list and it will come up with Green or Red, If Red double check the error message on the live view on the system.</p>
<p>If the Error says Invalid Username or Password, go back to Settings &gt; Camera &gt; Camera List and modify the camera at the bottom of the list and type in the correct login information.</p>
<p>If the error says Cannot Find the Network Host, check the IP Address is in the correct range, if it is you need to verify your cable is good by testing the camera with another known good cable or testing on a short patch cable as the cable could be experiencing packet loss.</p>
<p>Make sure the cable is T568B Standard and is within 100 meters (328 feet.)</p>
<p>Night Vision Issues</p>
<p>When a camera goes into night vision mode, the infrared LEDs around the lens turn on. If the video signal at nighttime or in dark locations is washed out, foggy or you see “halos” on the screen it is because the infrared LEDs are reflecting back into the camera lens.</p>
<div>
<div>
<div>1.With Dome Cameras, the gasket that separates the lens from the infrared LEDs needs to be firmly pressed up against the inside of the Dome cover.</div>
<div></div>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>
<div>2.With Bullet cameras the sun hood on the top may be extended too far out, allowing</div>
<p>the LEDs to reflect off of it at night.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>
<div>3.If you camera is mounted vertically on a surface such as siding, brick, drywall, etc be sure that the camera isnt pointing too close to the mounting surface. This will cause the</div>
</div>
</div>
<p>cameras LEDs to focalize on the mounting surface and greatly reduce the Infrared distance.</p>
<div>
<div>
<div>4.This can also happen on horizontal mounting surfaces such as eves and soffits. You may need to make small adjustments to the camera in order to clear up the picture and</div>
<p>get the most infrared range and clarity.</p>
</div>
</div>
<p>Adding 3rd Party Cameras to Blue Line NVR</p>
<p>We always recommend using Blue Line IP cameras with our Blue Line NVRs for the easiest and most complete experience possible. However, we understand that using 3rd Party Cameras can be beneficial in some applications. This guide will explain the basics of adding a 3rd Party IP camera into your Blue Line NVR.</p>
<p>Information you will need to add 3rd Party Cameras.</p>
<div>
<div>
<div>•Be sure your camera is ONVIF compliant.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>•The Username and Password for the IP camera.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>•The IP address of camera (may require software downloads from manufacturer)</div>
<div></div>
</div>
</div>
<p>With your camera attached to one of the PoE ports on your NVR, you&#8217;ll navigate to the camera settings from the main menu.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image13-431w255h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image13-431w255h.jpeg" alt="image13 431w255h" title="Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2 100"></a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image14-303w398h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image14-303w398h.jpeg" alt="image14 303w398h" title="Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2 101"></a></p>
<p>A 3rd Party Camera normally will not add itself, so you will need to go into the Camera List and click on Search Device. If the camera is detected, you will be able to select it and click on the Modify IP button toward the middle of the screen.</p>
<p>When modifying the IP address of the camera the default IP range for the PoE ports on the NVR is</p>
<p>10.1.1.xxx so you&#8217;ll want to make sure the camera is on the same range.</p>
<p>You will need to know the camera’s password to change the IP Address. Once the IP is successfully changed it should update after clicking Search Device again</p>
<p><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image15-313w290h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image15-313w290h.jpeg" alt="image15 313w290h" title="Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2 102"></a></p>
<p>Check the box to the left of the camera and click Add. Most cameras will show up with the Manufacturer as ONVIF. If they do not and show up as red, you will need to click on the edit button on the camera and change the Manufacturer to match the camera&#8217;s manufacturer, or to ONVIF if the manufacturer of the camera is not listed.</p>
<p>While in the modify window you can also enter the password for the camera in the password field. Once that is completed you can click OK. After a few seconds the status should change to a green icon and then you should be able to see the camera&#8217;s live view. Please keep in mind that if the Error Message says Invalid Username or Password you may need to login to the camera from the Web and setup an Onvif User for the system to login with.</p>
<p>If the camera is still showing offline, setting the manufacturer to PELCO can sometimes resolve the issue.</p>
<p>Additional 3rd Party Camera Information</p>
<div>
<div>
<div>•Cameras MUST be Onvif compliant!</div>
<div></div>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>
<div>•When searching for your camera you may see an error that reads &#8220;Operation Failed.&#8221; This message is normal when attempting to add 3rd party cameras. This is because the system is still currently logging into the camera.</div>
<div></div>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>
<div>•Be sure your camera’s firmware is up to date. It is a good idea to make sure your NVR firmware is up to date as well. Even though camera firmware might be up to date. The camera may still not work properly or simply may not be compatible.</div>
<div></div>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>
<div>•If you are connecting your cameras to a network and not directly into your POE ports, please make sure your NVR is also connected to that same network! The NVR and camera must be in the same LAN to find one another.</div>
<div></div>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>
<div>•The built in PoE ports have an internal switch set to 10.1.1.1. Please make sure your camera is set in range of the built-in switch address. Your IP camera must match the subnet of the internal POE switch.</div>
<div></div>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>
<div>•Setting your cameras to DHCP to adapt to the new environment is a good idea if you are not too familiar with static IP addresses. Once done we recommend setting it back to a static IP address.</div>
<div></div>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>
<div>•If you require any assistance getting 3rd Party Cameras working on your NVR, you can reach out to our technicians to see if we can help. Keep in mind that we will need the Model Number camera you are trying to connect to do research on compatibility. We cannot guarantee any 3rd party cameras to function or have complete access to every feature from the NVR.</div>
<div></div>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>
<div>•Some cameras may need to be reset to find the username/password combo, referring to the original owner’s manual or contacting the manufacturer of the camera may be necessary. Note that some cameras may need to be re-initialized after performing the reset before being used on the Blue Line NVR.</div>
<div></div>
</div>
</div>
<h1>DVR/NVR Rebooting</h1>
<p>If your DVR or NVR is rebooting by itself please read the guide below.</p>
<p>If your DVR or NVR is rebooting once a week this is completely normal. Our DVR and NVR systems are designed to reboot once a week (Tuesday at 2AM by default).</p>
<p>If your DVR or NVR is rebooting more frequently you first want to check the power source of the DVR or NVR.</p>
<p>Be sure you are using the correct Power Source that was included with the DVR or NVR. Below are the correct power adapter specs so you can identify the correct one.</p>
<p>NVRCUBE = 12V, 2.0Amp NVRWIFI = 12V, 2.0Amp</p>
<p>LITE Series DVR = 12V, 2.0Amp</p>
<p>Pro Series DVR = 12V, 5.0Amp</p>
<p>Pro Series NVR = 3 Prong Power Cord to Power Outlet Extreme Series DVR/NVR = 3 Prong Power Cord to Power Outlet</p>
<p>If you can confirm you are using the correct Power Adapter you may need to double check the outlet you are plugged into. Try an alternate outlet and eliminate any Battery Backup Power Supplies for test purposes.</p>
<h2>If the power source is not causing the reboot cycle it could be related to the internal hard drive. To check this out please continue reading.</h2>
<p>First you will need to Power Off the DVR. We suggest powering the system down from the Power Switch on the rear of the system or by simply unplugging the Power Cable.</p>
<p>Once the system has been powered down you will need to open up the system. Please see below to locate the screws that need to be removed.</p>
<h2>NVRCUBE or NVRWIFI</h2>
<p>There will be 4 Phillips head screws located on the bottom of the system. Once the screws are removed the top cover will lift off.</p>
<h2>Lite Series DVR</h2>
<p>There are 2 Phillips head screws located in the rear and 2 on the side of the DVR, 1 on each side. Once the screws are removed the top cover will lift off.</p>
<h2>Pro Series DVR/NVR</h2>
<p>There will be 4 Phillips head screws located on the rear of the system. Once the screws are removed the top cover will slide towards the rear and lift off.</p>
<h2>Extreme Series DVR/NVR</h2>
<p>There will be 2 Phillips head screws located on the rear of the system. Once the screws are removed the top cover will slide towards the rear and lift off.</p>
<p>Once the top cover has been removed it will expose the Hard Drive and its connections.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image16-584w343h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image16-584w343h.jpeg" alt="image16 584w343h" title="Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2 103"></a></p>
<p>First we want to Unplug the Large Black Connector. Press down on the metal tab and pull the connector out of the Hard Drive.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image17-522w240h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image17-522w240h.jpeg" alt="image17 522w240h" title="Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2 104"></a></p>
<p>Now we want to unplug the second smaller connector (Blue Cable) from both ends. Press down on the tab and remove from the Hard Drive as well as the System Board.</p>
<p><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image18-532w251h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image18-532w251h.jpeg" alt="image18 532w251h" title="Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2 105"></a></p>
<p><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image19-535w224h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/image19-535w224h.jpeg" alt="image19 535w224h" title="Blue Line IP Camera Troubleshooting v2 106"></a></p>
<p>Once the connections have been disconnected. Plug them back in securely and listen for the metal tab to click. This will ensure a good connection in between the System Board and Hard Drive.</p>
<h2>Note*</h2>
<p>While you still have the system open, it might be a good idea to check the cooling fans for any dust or debris that could be stopping the fan from moving. This could cause the DVR or NVR to overheat.</p>
<p>Once the connections are tight, lets put the top cover back on. When the cover is back on you can proceed to power on the system. Once the system is powered on you will need to monitor the system and check if it is still rebooting.</p>
<h1>Disconnecting The Internet</h1>
<p>If the system is still rebooting you may want to disconnect it from your Router or Modem by unplugging the Ethernet cable in the rear. You will loose your remote viewing capabilities temporarily while unplugged but can help us diagnose the issue.</p>
<p>With the cable unplugged you may want to monitor the system closely to see if this has made any changes to the rebooting issue.</p>
<h1>Disconnecting Cameras and Other Sources</h1>
<p>Disconnecting cameras, alarms, extra monitors and microphones is the last thing we can try to solve your rebooting issues.</p>
<p>Cameras, monitors, and microphones mounted near high voltage could be causing your system to reboot by itself. If your system detects any incoming voltage or amperage coming into the rear inputs the system will shut down to protect itself from damage.</p>
<p>Leave your main Display Monitor and Power Source connected. Disconnect one input at a time to see if it makes a change in your reboot cycle. If you notice a change in the rebooting you can single it out by using this method of elimination.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/blue-line-ip-camera-troubleshooting-v2.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Verkada intercoms setup guide v1</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/verkada-intercoms-setup-guide-v1.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/verkada-intercoms-setup-guide-v1.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 26 Apr 2024 15:41:59 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Smart Home]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[admin]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[APP Store]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cat5]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cat6]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[default]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Domain Name]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Doorbell]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Face Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[factory]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ios]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP address]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IPC]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[opera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PBX Server]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[poe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PoE injector]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PoE switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[preset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Serial Number]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Smartphone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tools]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Verkada intercoms]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Verkada intercoms setup guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[with]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[XVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[zoom]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=5665</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Verkada intercoms setup guide v1, Verkada&#8217;s intercom solution enables you to answer calls, grant entry, and secure entrances from anywhere. Get Started...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Verkada intercoms setup guide v1, Verkada&#8217;s intercom solution enables you to answer calls, grant entry, and secure entrances from anywhere.</p>
<p>Get Started with Verkada Intercom Set up and connect your Verkada intercoms Updated over a week ago</p>
<p>Required. You need Org Admin and/or Site Admin permissions for your Verkada Command organization to complete these actions.</p>
<h2>What you need</h2>
<div>
<div>
<div>• PoE-enabled switch or PoE injector</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• DHCP-enabled network</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• Cat5 or Cat6 cabling</div>
</div>
</div>
<h1>Create a site</h1>
<p>Sites are the logical way of grouping and managing devices within your Command organization. Site-level permissions make managing and viewing your devices easier. See Manage Your Sites and Subsites for more information on site creation and management.</p>
<h1>Add an intercom</h1>
<p>At least one intercom needs to be added to Command before you can see the Intercom tab in the All Products menu. Intercoms can be added to Command from the Devices page. See Add an Intercom to Your Site for more information.</p>
<h3>Connect a door</h3>
<p>You can pair an existing access-controlled door or wire a door to the intercom that can be unlocked by an intercom receiver. See Configure a TD52 and Wire a TD52 Video Intercom for more information.</p>
<h3>Configure receivers</h3>
<p>Receivers allow you to answer calls from an intercom and unlock any associated doors. See Add and Configure Receivers in Intercom for more information.</p>
<h1>Licensing</h1>
<p>Every intercom you manage in Command will need a license. Verkada licensing is applied for each Command organization, and the licenses co-term to a single expiration date. Your licenses may have been automatically added if you claimed your devices via order number. Otherwise, manually add the licenses from the Admin page. See Manage Your Licenses for more information on adding and managing licenses.</p>
<h1>Connect your intercom</h1>
<p>Recommendation. While Verkada intercoms are considered low-voltage devices that do not require a certified electrician to install, we strongly recommend you work with a system integrator or other professional for installation.</p>
<p>Please refer to the intercom <a href="https://www.verkada.com/docs/?product=intercom&amp;contentType=setupGuide" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener">setup guide</a> for instructions on mounting and wiring the door port.</p>
<h3>Power and network</h3>
<p>Verkada intercoms use Power over Ethernet (PoE) for power and communication over the LAN. In most cases, intercoms will connect directly to an 802.3af PoE standard switch. PoE injectors can be used when a PoE switch is not available. See the intercom&#8217;s datasheet for more information.</p>
<h1>Check network settings</h1>
<p>Verkada intercoms are designed to be plug-and-play. However, if your environment includes a firewall with custom rules and policies, you may need to make some configuration changes to get your access controllers connected to the cloud. See Intercom Network Settings for more information.</p>
<h1>Roles and Permissions for Intercom</h1>
<p>Roles and Permissions for Intercom</p>
<p>Learn more about Verkada Intercom roles and permissions</p>
<p>Updated over a week ago</p>
<p>This article describes the set of roles and associated permissions for Verkada Intercom.</p>
<div>
<div>
<div>• Permissions are set using roles, which define the level of access users and groups have to devices and settings within an organization and its sites/subsites.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• User permissions specify what tasks users can perform and what features users can access in Command.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• Site-level permissions define what access a particular user or group has to the cameras within the site. Site-level permissions are configured using roles.</div>
<p>See Roles and Permissions for Command users for an in-depth explanation of the features and configurations available for overall Verkada Command usage and administration.</p>
</div>
</div>
<h2>Verkada intercoms setup guide v1</h2>
<p>Verkada Intercom permissions determine who can receive calls, view intercom video, and unlock intercom doors. Intercom permissions depend on your site-level permissions, and whether you&#8217;re configured as a Receiver.</p>
<p>At a high level, these are the permissions granted to each level of Intercom devices:</p>
<p><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/screenshot2023-10-31at8-02-52am-605w255h.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/screenshot2023-10-31at8-02-52am-605w255h.png" alt="screenshot2023 10 31at8 02 52am 605w255h" title="Verkada intercoms setup guide v1 111"></a></p>
<h1>Site-level roles</h1>
<h2>Receiver</h2>
<p>Required. You must be configured as a receiver to receive calls.</p>
<p>If you&#8217;re a Verkada Intercom Receiver, you have the baseline receiver permissions (as shown above). These baseline Receiver permissions combine with site-level permissions to determine overall intercom permissions within a certain site.</p>
<p>For example, if you&#8217;re a Receiver for a particular intercom, and a Site Viewer, you get all the Receiver permissions, in addition to the ability to view historical video and events.</p>
<p>Note: Receivers, such as Desk Stations and Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones are not tied to a Verkada Command user. This means that the user can only get Receiver permissions, regardless of the user&#8217;s site-level permissions.</p>
<p>Regardless of their site-level permissions, a Receiver can:</p>
<div>
<div>
<div>• Receive calls with video.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• See 24/7 live intercom video, even if not on an active call.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• Unlock the door both during and outside of a call.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• Talk down to the intercom.</div>
</div>
</div>
<h2>Live-View Only</h2>
<div>
<div>
<div>• Receive calls with video.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• See 24/7 live intercom video, even if not on an active call.</div>
</div>
</div>
<h2>Site Viewer</h2>
<div>
<div>
<div>• Receive calls with video.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• See 24/7 live intercom video, even if not on an active call.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• View historical video and events.</div>
</div>
</div>
<h2>Site Admin</h2>
<div>
<div>
<div>• Receive calls with video.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• See 24/7 live intercom video, even if not on an active call.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• View historical video and events.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• Unlock the door both during and outside of a call.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• Unlock the door 24/7.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• Talk down to the intercom.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• Change Receivers and device settings.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p>.</p>
<h1>Verify a user&#8217;s eligibility to receive Verkada Pass calls</h1>
<div>
<div>
<div>• A user who has previously logged in to Verkada Pass has a black and white symbol next to their name in the call list. To verify, hover over the Verkada Pass symbol. The tooltip should show Pass App (as shown).</div>
<p><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/7743538_verkadapass1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/7743538_verkadapass1.png" alt="7743538 verkadapass1" title="Verkada intercoms setup guide v1 112"></a></p>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>
<div>• A user who is configured as a Receiver and has never logged in to the Verkada Pass App should show Send Pass App Invite, which you can click to send an invite to that user.</div>
<p><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/7628594_verkadapass2.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/7628594_verkadapass2.png" alt="7628594 verkadapass2" title="Verkada intercoms setup guide v1 113"></a></p>
</div>
</div>
<p>.</p>
<h1>Set Org Admin permissions</h1>
<div>
<div>
<div>1.In Verkada Command, go to All Products &gt; Admin.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>2.Under Org Settings, scroll down to and select Users.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>3.Select the user who you want to grant Org Admin permissions.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>4.Click the User Actions dropdown and select Grant Org Admin.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>5.When prompted to confirm, click Confirm.​</div>
</div>
</div>
<h2>Revoke Org Admin permissions</h2>
<div>
<div>
<div>1.In Verkada Command, go to All Products &gt; Admin.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>2.Under Org Settings, scroll down to and select Users.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>3.Click the User Actions dropdown and select Revoke Org Admin.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>4.When prompted to confirm, click Confirm.</div>
</div>
</div>
<p>.</p>
<h1>Set site and subsite permissions</h1>
<p>You can set site and subsite permissions by adding a user, a group, or by existing users and groups.</p>
<h2>Add a user</h2>
<div>
<div>
<div>1.In Verkada Command, go to All Products &gt; Admin.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>2.Under Org Settings, scroll down to and select Users.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>3.At the top right, click Add User.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>4.On Add User:</div>
<div>
<div>
<div>1.Enter the user&#8217;s first name, last name, and email address.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>2.(Optional) Check the Grant Organization Admin box to give Org Admin permissions.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>3.Click Assign Groups to add them to one or more existing groups,</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>4.Click Add.</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>5.Under Site Roles, click Manage Roles and grant the user the desired role for each site and subsite.</div>
</div>
</div>
<h2>Add a group</h2>
<div>
<div>
<div>1.In Verkada Command, go to All Products &gt; Admin.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>2.Under Org Settings, scroll down to and select Groups.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>3.At the top right, click Create Group.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>4.On Create Group, enter the group&#8217;s name, and click Create.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>5.On Add Members to this Group, check the box next to the members you want to add to the group and click Add.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>6.On the new group page, at the top, click Site Roles &gt; Assign Roles.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>7.On Assign Roles:</div>
<div>
<div>
<div>1.Under the Role column, select the permission level you want to assign for each site and subsite.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>2.Click Save.</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<h2>Existing users and groups</h2>
<p>You can set the site and subsite permissions for existing users and groups by managing the <a href="https://help.verkada.com/en/articles/8689234-roles-and-permissions-for-cameras#h_90caf76bae" target="_blank" rel="noopener">user roles</a> or the <a href="https://help.verkada.com/en/articles/8689234-roles-and-permissions-for-cameras#h_c170ea152b" target="_blank" rel="noopener">sites</a>.</p>
<h3>Manage roles</h3>
<div>
<div>
<div>1.In Verkada Command, go to All Products &gt; Admin.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>2.Under Org Settings, scroll down to and select Users or Groups.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>3.Select the desired user or group.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>4.At the top right, click Manage Roles.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>5.On Manage Roles:</div>
<div>
<div>
<div>1.Grant the desired site and subsite roles.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>2.Click Save.</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<h3>Manage sites</h3>
<div>
<div>
<div>1.In Verkada Command, go to All Products &gt; Cameras.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>2.At the top right of Cameras, click Manage Sites.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>3.Select the desired site to manage and in the right pane, click Manage Permissions.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>4.Grant the desired roles for users and groups.</div>
</div>
</div>
<h1>Intercom Network Settings</h1>
<p>Intercom Network Settings</p>
<p>Learn about the required network settings for Verkada Intercoms</p>
<p>Updated over a week ago</p>
<p>This article outlines the required network settings that your Verkada Intercom needs to communicate with Verkada Command. For more information on the required network settings for other Verkada product lines see Required Network Settings.</p>
<p>Note: Verkada devices are incompatible with LANs that require proxy servers or Secure Socket Layer (SSL)/Transport Layer Security (TLS) inspection. If either is in use, a bypass for all Verkada devices must be implemented for Verkada devices to communicate with Verkada Command.</p>
<h1>Status LED</h1>
<p>A flashing blue status LED on the top of the intercom indicates the intercom is not communicating with Command. If you see this behavior, check that the network is set up correctly with the intercom’s requirements. If the problem persists, contact Verkada Support.</p>
<h1>IP address</h1>
<p>Intercoms must be assigned an IPv4 address to communicate on the LAN and to Verkada Command. Intercoms use Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP) to obtain their IP addresses and network configurations.</p>
<p>If you require your intercom to have a specific IP address, create a DHCP reservation using the device’s Media Access Control (MAC) address (found on the device&#8217;s label).</p>
<h1>Domain Name System</h1>
<p>Intercoms use the DNS server to resolve Verkada’s fully qualified domain names (FQDN) to IP addresses to communicate with them. Your DHCP server tells the intercom where the DNS server is on the network and the intercom communicates using UDP port 53.</p>
<p>Note: DNS over HTTPS (DoH) is currently not supported.</p>
<h1>Power</h1>
<p>Intercoms are powered through Power over Ethernet (PoE). This means the network switch needs to provide power to the intercom, or a PoE injector needs to be utilized. For specifics on power requirements, see the <a href="https://docs.verkada.com/docs/video-intercom-overview.pdf" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Intercom datasheet</a>.</p>
<h1>Firewall settings</h1>
<p>Intercoms require access to many endpoints to ensure they can communicate with Command and all features will be accessible. Many customers may want to allow the intercoms to communicate with the general required endpoints.</p>
<p>These are the general domains to allow, applicable for all organization-regions:</p>
<div>
<div>
<div>• *.amazonaws.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443, UDP/1024 to 65535</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• *.backblazeb2.com &#8211; TCP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• *.twilio.com &#8211; TCP+UDP 443, 5060, 5061</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• *.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443, UDP/123</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• *:4100 &#8211; TCP/UDP on LAN</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• 34.216.15.26 &#8211; UDP/123</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• 35.166.49.153 &#8211; TCP+UDP/443, UDP/123</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• 168.86.128.0/18 &#8211; UDP 10000 to 60000</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• time.cloudflare.com &#8211; TCP/4460 + UDP/123</div>
<p>If your firewall does not allow wildcard masking, or you prefer to have the entire FQDN of the endpoint in your firewall rules, you can add the domains to your allowlist based on the region your devices are in.</p>
<p>Note: Your region is selected when you create an organization in Command.</p>
</div>
</div>
<h2>Region: United States</h2>
<h4>Standard Verkada Endpoints</h4>
<div>
<div>
<div>• api.control.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• api.global-prod.control.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• api-ga.control.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP 443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• device.pyramid.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• device-nlb.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• firmware.control.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• nlb.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• update.control.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• user.pyramid.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• vconductor.global-prod.command.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
</div>
<h4>NTP Endpoints</h4>
<div>
<div>
<div>• 34.216.15.26 &#8211; UDP/123</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• 35.166.49.153 &#8211; UDP/123 + TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• time.control.verkada.com &#8211; UDP/123</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• time.cloudflare.com &#8211; TCP/4460</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• time.cloudflare.com &#8211; UDP/123</div>
</div>
</div>
<h4>Streaming Endpoints</h4>
<div>
<div>
<div>• *:4100 &#8211; TCP/UDP on LAN (only required for local streaming)</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• index.control.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• relay.control.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• relay.global-prod.control.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• *.kinesisvideo.us-west-2.amazonaws.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443, UDP/1024 to 65535 (webrtc)</div>
</div>
</div>
<h4>Calling Endpoints</h4>
<div>
<div>
<div>• 168.86.128.0/18 &#8211; UDP 10000 to 60000</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• chunderm.gll.twilio.com &#8211; TCP 443†</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• ers.twilio.com &#8211; TCP 443†</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• eventgw.twilio.com &#8211; TCP 443†</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• verkada-erik-sip.sip.twilio.com &#8211; TCP+UDP 5060, 5061</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• verkada-erik-sip.sip.us1.twilio.com &#8211; TCP+UDP 5060, 5061</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• verkada.sip.us1.twilio.com &#8211; TCP+UDP 5060, 5061</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• verkada-vinter-audio-files-prod1.s3.amazonaws.com &#8211; TCP+UDP 443</div>
</div>
</div>
<h4>Access Control Endpoints</h4>
<div>
<div>
<div>• access.control.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• vcerberus.command.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
</div>
<h4>Cloud Backup Endpoints</h4>
<div>
<div>
<div>• s3.ap-southeast-2.amazonaws.com &#8211; TCP/443‡</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• s3.ca-central-1.amazonaws.com &#8211; TCP/443‡</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• s3.us-west-004.backblazeb2.com &#8211; TCP/443‡</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• s3.us-west-2.amazonaws.com &#8211; TCP/443‡</div>
</div>
</div>
<h2>Region: Europe</h2>
<h4>Standard Verkada Endpoints</h4>
<div>
<div>
<div>• api.global-prod.control.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• api.prod2.control.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• api-ga.control.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP 443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• update.control.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• vconductor.global-prod.command.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• vconductor.prod2.command.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
</div>
<h4>NTP Endpoints</h4>
<div>
<div>
<div>• 35.166.49.153 &#8211; UDP/123 + TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• time.control.verkada.com &#8211; UDP/123</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• time.cloudflare.com &#8211; TCP/4460</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• time.cloudflare.com &#8211; UDP/123</div>
</div>
</div>
<h4>Streaming Endpoints</h4>
<div>
<div>
<div>• *:4100 &#8211; TCP/UDP on LAN (only required for local streaming)</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• index.prod2.control.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• relay.global-prod.control.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• relay.prod2.control.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• *.kinesisvideo.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443, UDP/1024 to 65535</div>
</div>
</div>
<h4>Calling Endpoints</h4>
<div>
<div>
<div>• 168.86.128.0/18 &#8211; UDP 10000 to 60000</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• chunderm.gll.twilio.com &#8211; TCP 443†</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• ers.twilio.com &#8211; TCP 443†</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• eventgw.twilio.com &#8211; TCP 443†</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• verkada-prod2.sip.twilio.com &#8211; TCP+UDP 5060, 5061</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• verkada-prod2.sip.us1.twilio.com &#8211; TCP+UDP 5060, 5061</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• verkada-vinter-audio-files-prod2.s3.amazonaws.com &#8211; TCP+UDP 443</div>
</div>
</div>
<h4>Access Control Endpoints</h4>
<div>
<div>
<div>• access.prod2.command.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• vcerberus.command.verkada.com &#8211; TCP+UDP/443</div>
</div>
</div>
<h4>Cloud Backup Endpoints</h4>
<div>
<div>
<div>• s3.eu-central-003.backblazeb2.com &#8211; TCP/443‡</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com &#8211; TCP/443‡</div>
<p>Footnotes:</p>
<p>†required for Desk Stations and Verkada Pass</p>
<p>‡required for cloud backup</p>
</div>
</div>
<h1>Mount a TD52</h1>
<p>Mount a TD52</p>
<p>Learn how to mount the Verkada TD52 Video Intercom</p>
<p>Updated over a week ago</p>
<p>Use this article to learn how to mount a Verkada Intercom (TD52). Once you complete the mounting, you can <a href="https://help.verkada.com/en/articles/6932919-wire-a-verkada-intercom" target="_blank" rel="noopener">connect the TD52 to the network</a>.</p>
<h1>Before you begin</h1>
<p>You can mount the TD52 using a <a href="read://https_help.verkada.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fhelp.verkada.com%2Fen%2Farticles%2F6932912-mount-a-td52#h_0372dda9f9" target="_blank" rel="noopener">flush mount</a> or using a <a href="read://https_help.verkada.com/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fhelp.verkada.com%2Fen%2Farticles%2F6932912-mount-a-td52#h_696660c02d" target="_blank" rel="noopener">mounting bracket</a>. We recommend that you verify the contents of your box and make sure you have the tools you need</p>
<h2>Contents of your box</h2>
<div>
<div>
<div>• TD52 video intercom</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• Flush mount plate</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• T10 security Torx screwdriver</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• 2 grommets</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• Grommet punch</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• 4 drywall screws</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• 4 drywall anchors</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• 4 M4x18mm machine screws</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• 4 8–32¾” machine screws</div>
</div>
</div>
<h2>Tools you need</h2>
<div>
<div>
<div>• A working internet connection</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• A smartphone or laptop</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• A #2 Phillips head and power drill</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• A level</div>
</div>
</div>
<h1>Choose your mounting option</h1>
<p>Whichever mounting option you choose, you should remove the front cover of the TD52 to access the screw holes that allow you to install on a mount.</p>
<div>
<div>
<div>1.At the bottom of the front cover, with a T10 security Torx screwdriver, remove the security screws.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>2.Slide the front cover up and then out.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>3.When the front cover is removed there are four screw holes in each corner of the TD52. You use these screw holes to install the TD52 to the mount.</div>
</div>
</div>
<h2>Use a flush mount</h2>
<p>The TD52 comes with a flush mount in the box. You can use the screw holes of the flush mount to mount the Intercom (see image below for visual):</p>
<div>
<div>
<div>• Legacy intercom back box (A)</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• Direct wall mounting (B)</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• 4 gang junction box mounting (C)</div>
</div>
</div>
<p><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/image.png" alt="image" title="Verkada intercoms setup guide v1 114"></a></p>
<div>
<div>
<div>• You can use screw holes corresponding to A to mount to an existing intercom back box</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>• You can use screw holes corresponding to C to mount to a 4 gang junction box</div>
</div>
</div>
<h3>Mount directly to a wall</h3>
<div>
<div>
<div>1.Place and hold the flush mount plate and against the desired surface.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>2.Using the mount plate as a template, mark the wall to line up with screw holes labeled &#8220;B&#8221;.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>3.Drill pilot holes in to the wall:</div>
<div>
<div>
<div>1.For direct mounting, drill a .11 in (3mm) pilot hole.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>2.If using wall anchors, drill a .23 inch (6mm) pilot hole.</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>4.Use the screws supplied to attach the mount plate to the wall.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>5.With the flush mount plate on the wall, use the included Torx screwdriver to remove the screws on the bottom of the faceplate (front cover of the TD52).</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>6.Place the TD52 on top of the flush mount plate and install it using the supplied screws.</div>
</div>
</div>
<h2>Use a mounting bracket</h2>
<p>You can use the mounting bracket to install the TD52 on to various surfaces that the flush mount plate cannot, where they&#8217;re typically used to mount the TD52 on an exterior surface.</p>
<div>
<div>
<div>1.Place and hold the mounting bracket against the desired surface.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>2.Using the mount as a template, mark surface through screw holes labeled &#8220;A&#8221;.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>3.Drill pilot holes into the wall:</div>
<div>
<div>
<div>1.For direct mounting, drill a .11 in (3mm) pilot hole.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>2.if wall anchors are being used drill a .23 inch (6mm) pilot hole.</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>4.Use the screws supplied to install the mounting bracket on the wall.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>5.With the mounting bracket installed, remove the front cover from the TD52.</div>
</div>
<div>
<div>6.Place the TD52 on top of the mounting bracket and install it using the supplied screws.</div>
</div>
</div>
<div></div>
<h2><span style="color: #ff0000;">&lt;&lt; Click on the page numbers to go to other pages. &gt;&gt;</span></h2>
<div></div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/verkada-intercoms-setup-guide-v1.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/how-to/how-to-configure-light-settings-on-hikvision-cameras.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/how-to/how-to-configure-light-settings-on-hikvision-cameras.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 22 Apr 2024 11:13:07 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[default]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[factory]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hard Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hik-Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hikvision]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[how do]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hybrid]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intrusion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP address]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mobile App]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mouse]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[opera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[poe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recorder]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[sadp tool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Serial Number]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tools]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[vms]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[with]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[XVR]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=5623</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras, Hikvision’s Smart Hybrid Light cameras offer a versatile solution for those who are unsure...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras, Hikvision’s Smart Hybrid Light cameras offer a versatile solution for those who are unsure whether a black and white IR picture or ColorVu mode is best suited for a particular scene. These cameras feature both IR and white LEDs that can be used independently, allowing you to customise your lighting setup to suit your needs. Additionally, the cameras can automatically switch from IR mode to colour mode when a person or vehicle triggers an event you have set up.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">This guide explains the setup for each option so that you can determine which one is best suited for your needs and scene.</span><span style="background: #1d1d1d; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 16.5pt;">How to find the camera’s light settings in its web interface:​</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Even if the camera is connected to an NVR, before anything, you will need to log into the camera directly to access the advanced image and light settings to enable the different light modes, as these are not accessible from an NVR.</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">1.</span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;">Use the camera’s IP address</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> or the </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;">NVR’s virtual host feature</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> to access the camera’s login page.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">2.</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">When you are in, go to: </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Configuration→Image→Display Settings→Day/Night Switch</span></strong></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">By default, your camera will be set to remain in &#8216;ColourVu only&#8217; mode during low-light, meaning the white light will be constantly on when it is dark and never use its IR. The below sections will show you on how to configure the new &#8216;Smart Hybrid&#8217; mode, &#8216;IR only&#8217; mode, and &#8216;ColorVu only&#8217; mode.</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #1d1d1d; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 16.5pt;">How do I set my camera to Smart Hybrid mode:​</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">This mode is utilises both the IR and white LEDs built into your camera. </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">It is useful as it allows you to keep your cameras to stay discreet in IR mode while there is no activity in your scene, and then switch to full colour when a person or vehicle is detected by putting white light on the scene, providing you with all of the additional information a colour image offers while also acting as a deterrent.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Here are the steps to enable this mode:</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Firstly, </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">you must </span></strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;">enable an event and specify your target types</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">, as without this, the camera will not know when to switch modes.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">2.</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Set the </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Day/Night Switch </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">dropdown to </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Auto</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">, as this will tell the camera to automatically to switch on its LEDs for night-vision when it detects that it is beginning to get dark.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">3.</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">The </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Sensitivity </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">dropdown relates to the photo resistance (or amount of ambient light in the scene) needed for the automatic switchover to night mode. We recommend keeping this at </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">4</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">, and adjusting it at your discretion. Simply put, the higher you set this, the darker the scene needs to get for the </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">switchover to night mode.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">4.</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">The</span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> Filtering Time </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">slider is best left as </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">5</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> (seconds) for most scenes. This determines the delay, in seconds, of the switch over from day to night mode, once the photo resistance threshold has been met.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">5.</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">It is advisable to set the </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Smart Supplement Light </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">to </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">ON</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">. This is helpful for offsetting any overexposure you might see on objects close to the camera, as it allows the camera to automatically determine the strength of the IR or white light it puts on different areas of the scene, depending on how close an object is.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">6.</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Select </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Smart </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">from the </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Supplement Light Mode </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">dropdown, which means the camera will switch from IR to ColorVu mode when a person or vehicle enters the scene.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">7.</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">We recommend keeping the </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Light Brightness Control </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">at </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Auto</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">. This is like the Smart Supplement Light, but allows the camera to determine the best overall brightness setting for the IR or white LEDs for the scene. When set to </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Auto</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">, the camera will ignore whatever brightness you set on the slider(s) beneath this dropdown.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #1d1d1d; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 16.5pt;">How do I set my camera to &#8216;IR only&#8217; mode:​</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">This mode is recommended if you would like the camera to be as discreet as possible and your scene is dark at night, as the camera will use its IR LEDs all the time at night and then switch back to colour during the day, meaning the white light is never used.</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Set the </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Day/Night Switch </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">dropdown to </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Auto</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">, as this will tell the camera to automatically to switch on its IR LEDs for night-vision when it detects that it is beginning to get dark.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">2.</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">The </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Sensitivity </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">dropdown relates to the photo resistance (or amount of ambient light in the scene) needed for the automatic switchover to IR mode. We recommend keeping this at </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">4</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">, and adjusting it at your discretion. Simply put, the higher you set this, the darker the scene needs to get for the switchover to IR.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">3.</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">The</span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> Filtering Time </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">slider is best left as </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">5</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> (seconds) for most scenes. This determines the delay, in seconds, of the switch over from day to IR mode, once the photo resistance threshold has been met.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">4.</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">It is advisable to set the </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Smart Supplement Light </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">to </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">ON</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">. This is helpful for offsetting any overexposure you might see on objects close to the camera, as it allows the camera to automatically determine the strength of the IR it puts on different areas of the scene, depending on how close an object is.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">5.</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Select </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">IR Supplement Light </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">from the </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Supplement Light Mode </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">dropdown, which means the camera will switch to IR mode at night, and stay in IR mode during event periods.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">6.</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">We recommend keeping the </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Light Brightness Control </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">at</span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> Auto</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">. This is like the Smart Supplement Light, but allows the camera to determine the best overall brightness setting for the IR LEDs for the scene. When set to </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Auto</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">, the camera will ignore whatever brightness you set on the slider(s) beneath this dropdown.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2>How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras</h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 16.5pt; font-family: inherit; font-style: inherit; font-weight: bold;">How do I set my camera to &#8216;ColorVu only&#8217; mode:​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">This is the opposite to IR mode, as the camera will turn on its white light at night and keep it constantly on, meaning that its IR is never used. This mode is ideal if you are not worried about the camera being discreet and prefer a colour picture 24/7.</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Set the </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Day/Night Switch </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">dropdown to </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Auto</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">, as this will tell the camera to automatically to switch on its IR LEDs for night-vision when it detects that it is beginning to get dark.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">2.</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">The </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Sensitivity </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">dropdown relates to the photo resistance (or amount of ambient light in the scene) needed for the automatic switchover to IR mode. We recommend keeping this at </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">4</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">, and adjusting it at your discretion. Simply put, the higher you set this, the darker the scene needs to get for the camera to switch on its white LED.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">3.</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">The</span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> Filtering Time </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">slider is best left as </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">5</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> (seconds) for most scenes. This determines the delay, in seconds, before the camera turns on its white LED, once the photo resistance threshold has been met.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">4.</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">It is advisable to set the </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Smart Supplement Light </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">to </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">ON</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">. This is helpful for offsetting any overexposure you might see on objects close to the camera, as it allows the camera to automatically determine the strength of the light it puts on different areas of the scene, depending on how close an object is.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">5.</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Select </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">White Supplement Light </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">from the </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Supplement Light Mode </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">dropdown, which means the camera will switch on its white LED at night, and never switch to IR mode.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">6.</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">We recommend keeping the </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Light Brightness Control </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">at</span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> Auto</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">. This is like the Smart Supplement Light, but allows the camera to determine the best overall brightness setting for the white LED for the scene. When set to </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Auto</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">, the camera will ignore whatever brightness you set on the slider(s) beneath this dropdown.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 16.5pt;">How do I find my Hikvision device and edit its network settings?</span></strong></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">You probably want to be able to view your camera feeds remotely wherever you are; either in a web </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">browser</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">, the iVMS-4200 software, or the Hik-Connect mobile app. All IP CCTV devices communicate over your </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">LAN</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> (local network) and have a unique location on the network. So, you will need to be able to locate where the device you want to view is and make sure it has the right settings for it to work on your </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">LAN</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">. You will then be able to access the device from a PC or mobile device, and connect it with the rest of your CCTV system.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Please follow the steps beneath to find and correctly set your Hikvision device&#8217;s network settings.</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #1d1d1d; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 13.5pt;">Step 1:</span></strong><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">The first step is to work out if you need Hikvision’s SADP tool or not. If you only need to discover and access an NVR and some Plug and Play cameras connected directly to its PoE ports, then you don&#8217;t need to use it.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">If you aren&#8217;t using the SADP tool:</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Or, on the NVR&#8217;s local GUI (Graphical User Interface &#8211; when operating the recorder from a connected monitor and mouse), go to:​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>System → Network → TCP/IP</em></span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Here, you can view and change the NVR&#8217;s network settings to match your </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">LAN</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> which is explained in step 2 &#8211; you can then ignore the rest of the steps.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">If you are using SADP:</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">If your cameras are connected to your </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">LAN</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">, rather than to an NVR&#8217;s PoE ports, you will need to </span><a href="http://www.hikvisioneurope.com/uk/portal/?dir=portal/Software/Software%20Tools/SADP" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;">install the SADP tool</span></a><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">. This scans for all Hikvision devices on your </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">LAN</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> by their MAC addresses. Now, follow steps 2-5 below.​</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 13.5pt;">Step 2:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">You now need to identify some of your LAN&#8217;s settings, which you need to set to match on your devices.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">From a Window&#8217;s PC, you will need to </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;">use the Command Prompt tool to find these</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">If you&#8217;re using a Mac, then you can find these by launching System Preferences, and then going to:​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>Network → Advanced (make sure your Wi-Fi/Ethernet connection is selected on the LHS) → TCP/IP</em></span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Make a note of the following numbers, as you will need to use them when changing your device&#8217;s network settings:​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">IPv4 Address </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">– This is the IP address of the computer that you are using. This address is therefore already occupied, so you will not be able to assign any other devices to this specific address. The digits after the final decimal point indicate where the device is located within the range of your local network, which spans 1-254. </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">You’ll need to change the number after the third period (or full stop/dot) to something that is between &#8220;1&#8221; and &#8220;254&#8221; and not already occupied by another device on the </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">LAN</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>NB &#8211; Please see these guides for instructions on checking if a proposed IP address is occupied:</em></span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://www.use-ip.co.uk/forum/threads/how-do-i-find-my-router-and-pcs-ip-address-using-a-windows-pc.1633/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>How-to: How do I find my router and PC&#8217;s IP address using a Windows PC?</em></span></a><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><a href="https://www.use-ip.co.uk/forum/threads/how-do-i-find-my-router-and-macs-ip-address-using-a-mac.1659/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>How-to: How do I find my router and Mac&#8217;s IP address using a Mac?</em></span></a><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Subnet Mask </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">– This shouldn&#8217;t need to be changed on the NVR, it will usually be &#8220;255.255.255.0&#8221;.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Default Gateway </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">– This is the IP address that&#8217;s been assigned to your router. Any device being added to your system needs to be within the range of your gateway in order to be discoverable.​</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/1621424905360.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="102" class="wp-image-5624 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/1621424905360.png" alt="1621424905360" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 150"></a></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/1621424741672.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="116" height="100" class="wp-image-5625 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/1621424741672.png" alt="1621424741672" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 151"></a></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 13.5pt;">Step 3:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Now, launch the SADP tool again. It should show a list of all the Hikvision devices on your local network and their default network settings. Provided the device is being powered and has a connection to your </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">LAN</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">, then it will show up here. You can also alter the device’s network settings here, and check things like the model number, serial number, the </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">firmware</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> version installed on it.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>NB &#8211; Remember that any camera that is directly connected to your NVR&#8217;s PoE ports will not show up in SADP. This is because the NVR hides any cameras directly connected to it from SADP on its own &#8220;subnet&#8221;, which is separate from your local network. Don&#8217;t worry though, as you won&#8217;t need to change the settings for these cameras. </em></span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/sadp-list-1.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="183" height="100" class="wp-image-5626 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/sadp-list-1.jpeg" alt="sadp list 1" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 152"></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 13.5pt;">Step 4:</span></strong></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Tick the box beside your device to view and edit the network settings.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">If the device hasn’t yet been connected to the network then it will show as &#8220;Inactive&#8221;. You will be asked to set a password for it when you click the tick-box for it. For more instructions on activating your device, please see </span><a href="https://www.use-ip.co.uk/forum/threads/part-6-how-do-i-activate-my-hikvision-device.6036/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;">Part 6</span></a><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/sadp-acivate-%EF%80%A2-set-password.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img decoding="async" class="wp-image-5627 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/sadp-acivate-%EF%80%A2-set-password.jpeg" alt="sadp acivate %EF%80%A2 set password" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 153"></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/activation-successful.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="200" height="100" class="wp-image-5628 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/activation-successful.jpeg" alt="activation successful" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 154"></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Once activated, ticking the box beside your device will change the network settings in the &#8220;Modify Network Parameters&#8221; window, so that they match your </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">LAN</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">. You need to make sure that you enter the password for that device before clicking &#8220;Modify&#8221; for these changes to be saved.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/modify-network-settings.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="183" height="100" class="wp-image-5629 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/modify-network-settings.jpeg" alt="modify network settings" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 155"></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/parameters-modification-completed.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="199" height="100" class="wp-image-5630 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/parameters-modification-completed.jpeg" alt="parameters modification completed" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 156"></a></span></p>
<p><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 13.5pt;">Step 5:</span></strong><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Check that these changes have been reflected in the SADP device table &#8211; you may need to wait a few minutes before refreshing. If they have, then you should be to carry on with getting this device connected to the rest of your system.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>NB &#8211; If you aren’t the camera’s first owner then you will need to </em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>perform a hard reset</em></span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em> on it. This will reset the device to its inactive factory state so that you can set new password by activating the camera in SADP. Once this has been </em></span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>done</em></span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>, SADP will allow you to modify each network setting edit the network settings to match your LAN so that you can use the device standalone or </em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>add it to your NVR remotely</em></span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>.</em></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 3.75pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 16pt;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 16.5pt;">How do I set up events and email or push notifications on my Hikvision camera?</span></strong></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Video Analytics, or &#8220;VCA events&#8221;, are some of the most useful features available on a Hikvision camera. Using these will mean that your footage is analysed in real-time for any activity or abnormalities with your system that you would like to receive an alert for. </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">The different events that are available currently (which ones are available varies which each model of camera) include:</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">This guide will cover the setup of three of the most popular event options:</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Motion Detection </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8211; This is one of the first AI options that was introduced and will analyse your footage for any moving object in a specified part of your scene and can alert you as soon as it is detected. </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">As it detects motion in its most basic sense, it uses less of a camera or NVR&#8217;s processing power than the other event options, meaning it is always available regardless of your video compression settings. </span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">If you are not using a device with AcuSense then this option will give you the most false-positive alerts, as it offers the fewest ways for filtering out moving objects that you are not interested in, such as object size and the direction or duration of the motion.</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Intrusion Detection </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8211; This is similar to motion detection in that it will alert you when a moving object is detected within a predefined &#8220;intrusion zone&#8221;. However, this is better if you want more control over when you are alerted as it will only notify you when a moving object enters the zone, rather than whenever movement occurs within it. This event type also allows you to specify the size of trigger objects, as well as how much of an object enters the zone and for how long before you are alerted.</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Line Crossing Detection </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8211; This option is particularly useful for various entrances, boundaries, and roads, etc</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">.,</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> as it allows you to draw a line in your scene so that you are notified when an object moves across that line. Importantly, you can specify the direction(s) of movement across the line on which you are notified. Like intrusion detection, you also have more control over the size of the trigger object and how much of it must </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">cross the line.</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>Note &#8211; Before starting, you will need to check that your Default Gateway and DNS Server are correctly set up in your device’s network parameters, as these need to be right in order for you to be sent email notifications. To check these, please see </em></span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>part 2</em></span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>.</em></span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #1d1d1d; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 16.5pt;">Section 1: Setting up motion detection​</span></h2>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">​</span></h3>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 1:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Connect to your device&#8217;s web </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">browser</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> interface by browsing for its IP address and log into it. If it is recording to an NVR, then connect to this, as this is where you should set your events from.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 2:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Once you’re in, navigate to:​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>Configuration → Event → Basic Event → Motion</em></span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">If you’re using an NVR, select your camera from the &#8220;Camera&#8221; dropdown.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/1_-_page___select_camera.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="145" height="100" class="wp-image-5631 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/1_-_page___select_camera.jpeg" alt="1 page select camera" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 157"></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>Note &#8211; To set one of the other VCA event options, you’ll need to go to &#8220;Smart Event&#8221; rather than &#8220;Basic Event&#8221;, where you will be shown a list of tabs with all the other available events on your camera. </em></span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 3:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Tick the &#8220;Enable Motion Detection&#8221; box.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/2_-_enable_motion_detection.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="586" height="100" class="wp-image-5632 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/2_-_enable_motion_detection.jpeg" alt="2 enable motion detection" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 158" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/2_-_enable_motion_detection.jpeg 586w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/2_-_enable_motion_detection-300x51.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 586px) 100vw, 586px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 4:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Decide if you want to enable &#8220;Dynamic Analysis for Motion&#8221;. When this is turned on, green squares will show on anything that triggers motion detection in the camera&#8217;s feed, which can help with identifying exactly what has triggered the event.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/3_-_enable_dynamic_analysis.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="562" height="100" class="wp-image-5633 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/3_-_enable_dynamic_analysis.jpeg" alt="3 enable dynamic analysis" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 159" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/3_-_enable_dynamic_analysis.jpeg 562w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/3_-_enable_dynamic_analysis-300x53.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 562px) 100vw, 562px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>Note &#8211; Cameras usually determine what is &#8216;motion&#8217; in your scene by detecting pixel changes in the image, as a large amount of pixel change usually indicates movement. However, if there is lots of visible noise in your image due to gain control in low light, you will probably see a high number of false alerts on the camera. Using one of the more advanced event types, or the camera&#8217;s built-in LEDs to illuminate the scene, will help here. </em></span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 5:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Once you’re happy with the view of your scene, click on the hexagon or &#8220;Draw Area&#8221; button in &#8220;Area Settings&#8221;, which will allow you to use your mouse to draw the area within which you would like motion detection to be active.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">On Easy IP 3.0 and earlier cameras, These areas will be indicated by a red grid or polygon that appears when you click on part of the scene.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">The newer cameras will get you to draw one solid shape for each of your detection areas by left-clicking to set each point of that shape. When you have set all the points that you need, right-clicking will complete the shape and allow you to draw any others that you need.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">To clear your zones, just click the cross or &#8220;Clear All&#8221; button.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>Note &#8211; If you are not using an AcuSense camera or NVR, then you should make sure that the edges of your detection zones are not on top of anywhere that is likely to see a </em></span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>lot</em></span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em> of movement, shadows, or reflections (e.g. roads, foliage, windows or the sky), to mitigate the number of false triggers. </em></span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/4_-_draw_zone.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="138" height="100" class="wp-image-5634 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/4_-_draw_zone.jpeg" alt="4 draw zone" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 160"></a></em></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 6:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">If you&#8217;re using an EasyIP 4.0 camera, draw any more detection zones that you need by repeating step 5 above.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/5-_extra_zones.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="131" height="100" class="wp-image-5635 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/5-_extra_zones.jpeg" alt="5" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 161"></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 7:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Adjust the &#8220;Sensitivity&#8221; bar if you need, which determines how sensitive the detection is to pixel changes. The higher the sensitivity, the more easily motion detection is triggered, meaning you will receive more alerts as a result.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">A good starting point for the sensitivity is 60, but you will likely need to tweak this yourself over time to identify the </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">optimum</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> setting for your scene.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">If there is lots of activity in your scene, then avoid setting the sensitivity too high so that you don&#8217;t receive lots of false-positive triggers.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>Note &#8211; In the case of Line Crossing and Intrusion Detection, the sensitivity setting refers to the amount of an object that is needed to cross the line, or enter the box that you’ve drawn, before the event is triggered. </em></span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/6_-_sensitivity.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="155" height="100" class="wp-image-5636 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/6_-_sensitivity.jpeg" alt="6 sensitivity" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 162"></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 8:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">If you&#8217;re using AcuSense features, then use the &#8220;Detection Target&#8221; boxes to specify what you want to trigger the event. You can select both &#8220;Human&#8221; and &#8220;Vehicle&#8221; here if you are interested in both.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/7_-_detection_target.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="144" height="100" class="wp-image-5637 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/7_-_detection_target.jpeg" alt="7 detection target" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 163"></a></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 9:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Click &#8220;Save&#8221; at this point so that you don&#8217;t lose these settings. ​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">You&#8217;ll now need to go to the &#8220;Arming Schedule&#8221; and &#8220;Linkage Method&#8221; pages to set when you would like the event to be active, and what you would like to happen on triggers.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Please refer to sections 4 and 5 below for instructions on how to set these things.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #1d1d1d; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 16.5pt;">Section 2: Setting up line crossing detection​</span></h2>
<h2 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 13.5pt;">Step 1:</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 16.5pt;">​</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">In a web </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">browser</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">, go to:​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>Configuration → Event → Smart Event → Line Crossing Detection</em></span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">If you&#8217;re using an NVR, select your camera from the dropdown at the top of the page.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/1-line-crossing-page-camera-dropdown.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="179" height="100" class="wp-image-5638 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/1-line-crossing-page-camera-dropdown.jpeg" alt="1 line crossing page camera dropdown" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 164"></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 2:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Tick the &#8220;Enable Line Crossing Detection&#8221; box.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/2_-enable_line_crossing.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="100" class="wp-image-5639 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/2_-enable_line_crossing.jpeg" alt="2 enable line crossing" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 165" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/2_-enable_line_crossing.jpeg 672w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/2_-enable_line_crossing-300x45.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 13.5pt;">Step 3:</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 16.5pt;">​</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Click on the line button or &#8220;Draw Area&#8221; to draw your line on the video feed &#8211; you can move, rotate or resize however you like. ​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/3_-_draw-first_line.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="144" height="100" class="wp-image-5640 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/3_-_draw-first_line.jpeg" alt="3 draw first line" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 166"></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 4:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Set your maximum and minimum target sizes by clicking the size filter buttons, and drawing these on the camera preview.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Anything that crosses your line and is smaller than your minimum box, or larger than the maximum box, at the point of the line, will not trigger the event.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">You should use objects or vehicles in the scene to guide you here. For example, I have set the minimum target size to be slightly smaller than any car that&#8217;s near where I&#8217;ll draw my line, and the maximum to be slightly larger than a large HGV.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>Note &#8211; It doesn&#8217;t matter where boxes are on the feed. Also, these boxes will only be visible on this event page, and will not show up on your footage in the live view or playback pages. </em></span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/4_-_max___min_target_size.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="153" height="100" class="wp-image-5641 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/4_-_max___min_target_size.jpeg" alt="4" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 167"></a></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 5:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">If you&#8217;re using an AcuSense camera or NVR, then specify the &#8220;target(s)&#8221; that you would like to trigger the event by ticking the box. There is no issue with ticking both &#8220;Human&#8221; and &#8220;Vehicle&#8221; here. ​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/5_-_detection_target-line-crossing.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="100" class="wp-image-5642 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/5_-_detection_target-line-crossing.jpeg" alt="5 detection target line crossing" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 168" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/5_-_detection_target-line-crossing.jpeg 480w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/5_-_detection_target-line-crossing-300x63.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 6:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Specify your &#8220;Direction&#8221;, which refers to the direction from which an object much cross your line to trigger the event. The different options available are explained beneath:​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">A&lt;-&gt;B</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> &#8211; Any object crossing from either direction will trigger​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">A-&gt;B</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> &#8211; Any object crossing from side &#8220;A&#8221; to side &#8220;B&#8221; will trigger (In this case, from left to right)​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">A&lt;-B </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8211; Any object crossing from &#8220;B&#8221; to &#8220;A&#8221; will trigger (In this case, from right to left)​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/6_-_direction.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="445" height="100" class="wp-image-5643 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/6_-_direction.jpeg" alt="6 direction" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 169" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/6_-_direction.jpeg 445w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/6_-_direction-300x67.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 445px) 100vw, 445px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 7:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Adjust the sensitivity bar to suit your needs. Setting this high will reduce the amount of an object that is needed to cross your line before this is triggered. This will, of course, result in more triggers. As the </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">optimum</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> setting here depends on how busy your scene is, we recommend starting at 60 and then adjusting the bar over time until you find the best results. ​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/7_-_sensitivity.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="515" height="100" class="wp-image-5644 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/7_-_sensitivity.jpeg" alt="7 sensitivity" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 170" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/7_-_sensitivity.jpeg 515w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/7_-_sensitivity-300x58.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 515px) 100vw, 515px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 8:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Use the &#8220;Line&#8221; dropdown to select and draw any more lines, repeating steps 2-8 above.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/8-more_lines.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="123" height="100" class="wp-image-5645 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/8-more_lines.jpeg" alt="8 more lines" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 171"></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 9:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Click &#8220;Save&#8221; at this point so that you don&#8217;t lose these settings. ​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">You&#8217;ll now need to go to the &#8220;Arming Schedule&#8221; and &#8220;Linkage Method&#8221; pages to set when you would like the event to be active, and what you would like to happen on triggers.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Please refer to sections 4 and 5 below for instructions on how to set these things.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #1d1d1d; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 16.5pt;">Section 3: Setting up intrusion detection​</span></h2>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">​</span></h3>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 1:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">In a web </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">browser</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">, go to:​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>Configuration → Event → Smart Event → Intrusion Detection</em></span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">If connected to an NVR, select your camera from the dropdown at the top of the page.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/1_-_page___select_camera-1.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="182" height="100" class="wp-image-5646 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/1_-_page___select_camera-1.jpeg" alt="1 page select camera 1" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 172"></a></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 2:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Tick the &#8220;Enable Intrusion Detection&#8221; box.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/2-enable-intrusion-detection.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="100" class="wp-image-5647 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/2-enable-intrusion-detection.jpeg" alt="2 enable intrusion detection" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 173" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/2-enable-intrusion-detection.jpeg 485w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/2-enable-intrusion-detection-300x62.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 13.5pt;">Step 3:</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 16.5pt;">​</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Click on &#8220;Draw Area&#8221; to draw your intrusion zone (or &#8220;Detection Area&#8221;) on the video feed, which can be a 3 or 4 sided shape. Left-click on the camera preview to set each of these points. Once your zone is drawn, you can still move each of the points to change the shape to better fit your area of interest.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>Note &#8211; If the edges of your zone are very close to a road, foliage, or anywhere that is likely to see lots of movement, then you will likely see a number of false-positive alerts. This is because any movement on these lines can trigger the event. If you can, you should allow for a bit of a gap between these parts of the scene and your intrusion zone. </em></span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/3_-_drawing_zone_1.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="130" height="100" class="wp-image-5648 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/3_-_drawing_zone_1.jpeg" alt="3 drawing zone 1" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 174"></a></em></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 13.5pt;">Step 4:</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 16.5pt;">​</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Set your maximum and minimum target sizes by clicking the &#8220;Size Filter&#8221; buttons, and drawing these on the live camera feed above.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Anything that enters your configured intrusion detection zone and is smaller than your &#8220;Min&#8221; box, or larger than the &#8220;Max&#8221; box, will not trigger the event.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">You should use objects or vehicles in the scene to guide you here. For example, I have set the minimum target size to be smaller than the smallest person I&#8217;d expect to see in that part of the scene, and the maximum to comfortably cover a very tall person.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>Note &#8211; It doesn&#8217;t matter where boxes are on the feed. Also, these boxes will only be visible on this event page, and will not show up on your footage in the live view or playback pages. </em></span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/3_-_min_and_max_target_size.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="143" height="100" class="wp-image-5649 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/3_-_min_and_max_target_size.jpeg" alt="3" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 175"></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 5:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">If you&#8217;re using an AcuSense camera or NVR, then specify the &#8220;target(s)&#8221; that you would like to trigger the event by ticking the relevant box. There is no issue with ticking both &#8220;Human&#8221; and &#8220;Vehicle&#8221; here.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/4_-_detection_target.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="379" height="100" class="wp-image-5650 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/4_-_detection_target.jpeg" alt="4 detection target" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 176" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/4_-_detection_target.jpeg 379w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/4_-_detection_target-300x79.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 379px) 100vw, 379px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 6:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Now, adjust the &#8220;Threshold&#8221; bar as you need. This can be set between 1 and 10 seconds and refers to how long an object needs to be within your intrusion zone before triggering the event. For example, setting this to &#8220;0&#8221; will mean that the event is triggered as soon as a valid target enters your zone.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/5_-_threshold.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="378" height="100" class="wp-image-5651 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/5_-_threshold.jpeg" alt="5 threshold" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 177" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/5_-_threshold.jpeg 378w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/5_-_threshold-300x79.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 378px) 100vw, 378px" /></a></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 7:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Adjust the sensitivity bar to suit your needs. Setting this high will reduce the amount of an object that is needed to enter your zone before the event is triggered. This will, of course, result in more triggers. As the </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">optimum</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> setting here depends on how busy your scene is, we recommend setting this to 60 and then adjusting the bar over time until you find the best results.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/6_-_sensitivity-1.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="369" height="100" class="wp-image-5652 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/6_-_sensitivity-1.jpeg" alt="6 sensitivity 1" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 178" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/6_-_sensitivity-1.jpeg 369w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/6_-_sensitivity-1-300x81.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 369px) 100vw, 369px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 8:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Use the &#8220;Region&#8221; dropdown to select and draw any more intrusion zones, repeating steps 2-6 above.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/7a_-_more_regions_dropdown.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="139" height="100" class="wp-image-5653 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/7a_-_more_regions_dropdown.jpeg" alt="7a more regions dropdown" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 179"></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 9:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Click on the &#8220;Arming Schedule&#8221; tab and set this by filling in the hours you want the event to be enabled for in blue.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>Note &#8211; Please see section [1] step 9 above for a more detailed explanation on how to set your arming schedule. </em></span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">Step 10:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Click &#8220;Save&#8221; at this point so that you don&#8217;t lose these settings. ​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">You&#8217;ll now need to go to the &#8220;Arming Schedule&#8221; and &#8220;Linkage Method&#8221; pages to set when you would like the event to be active, and what you would like to happen on triggers.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Please refer to sections 4 and 5 below for instructions on how to set these things.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #1d1d1d; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 16.5pt;">Section 4: Setting the Arming Schedule for your events​</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Now that you have set your &#8220;Area Settings&#8221;, click on the &#8220;Arming Schedule&#8221; tab to set when the event will be active.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">This will bring up a timeline with the week broken up into days and hours &#8211; depending on the device that you are using, it might look different to the grid below. If a period is filled in blue then the event will be active (or &#8220;armed&#8221;) for that hour; If the period is white, the event will be off.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Use your mouse to draw up the weekly Arming Schedule that suits. You can also use the popup box that appears when you click on any blue period to finely adjust the </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">start</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> arming times:</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/8_-_draw_recording_schedule.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="225" height="100" class="wp-image-5654 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/8_-_draw_recording_schedule.jpeg" alt="8 draw recording schedule" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 180"></a></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Clicking on the &#8220;Erase&#8221; button and then a blue period will allow you to clear the arming:</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/10_-_erasing_record_schedule.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="198" height="100" class="wp-image-5655 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/10_-_erasing_record_schedule.jpeg" alt="10 erasing record schedule" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 181"></a></span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">When you’re happy with this schedule, click &#8220;Save&#8221;.</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #1d1d1d; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 18pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 16.5pt;">Section 5: Setting up email &amp; push notifications for your events​</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Click on the </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>Linkage Method</em></span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> tab on the event&#8217;s page (shown above), which is where you will set up your email notifications, as well as other alert types.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">The different options are explained below:​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>Audible Warning: </em></span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">This will cause the NVR / </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">browser</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> to bleep when on event triggers.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>Send Email: </em></span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">This will set the NVR to email you on event triggers, with a screenshot of the camera’s view at the time.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>Notify Surveillance Centre: </em></span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">This refers to Hik-Connect and needs to be activated in order to receive push notifications in Hik-Connect.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>Full Screen Monitoring: </em></span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">This will get the NVR to automatically throw up a camera’s live feed in full screen during a trigger for an event set on that camera.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/11_-_linkage_method.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="143" height="100" class="wp-image-5656 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/11_-_linkage_method.jpeg" alt="11 linkage method" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 182"></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #1d1d1d; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 6pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11pt;">To enable Hik-Connect push notifications:​</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">To set up push notifications, you need to make sure that </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>Notify Surveillance Centre </em></span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">is ticked as a &#8220;Linkage Method&#8221;.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">You also need to make sure that push notifications are enabled for Hik-Connect in your phone&#8217;s settings. To enable them via the app, go to:​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><em>More → Settings → Enable Push Notification</em></span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/1615991840232.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="205" class="wp-image-5657 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/1615991840232.png" alt="1615991840232" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 183"></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8230;&#8230;..</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #5e97d4; font-size: 11.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/1615991867476.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="100" height="207" class="wp-image-5658 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/1615991867476.png" alt="1615991867476" title="How to Configure Light Settings on Hikvision Cameras 184"></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/how-to/how-to-configure-light-settings-on-hikvision-cameras.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/general/easily-connect-ip-cameras-over-existing-coaxial-cabling.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/general/easily-connect-ip-cameras-over-existing-coaxial-cabling.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 08 Mar 2024 19:13:47 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[analog]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cat5]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cat5e]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cat6]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CONVERTER]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Face Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[h.265]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[how do]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to use]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to use Webcam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip cam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Lorex]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[motion detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVRs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[opera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[poe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[POE Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PoE switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QNAP NAS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick Start Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[security camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security System]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Smart Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance Station]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Webcam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[with]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[XVR]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=5033</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling This article will walk you through the easy steps to connect Lorex&#8217;s Coaxial to...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling This article will walk you through the easy steps to connect Lorex&#8217;s Coaxial to Ethernet Converter, a plug-and-play solution for connecting and powering IP cameras over existing legacy coaxial cabling. If you have a camera security system that is wired for coaxial and you cannot run Ethernet, you can connect our Coaxial to Ethernet Converter Kit. This enables upgrading your analog system to IP while still using existing coaxial cabling. The converters are small, lightweight, easy to install, and do not need to be connected to an additional power adapter</p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">Upgrade your DVR Security System</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">If you have a camera security system that is wired for coaxial and you cannot run Ethernet, you can connect our </span><a href="https://www.lorex.com/products/coaxial-to-ethernet-converter-for-poe-cameras-kit" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00498d; font-size: 10.5pt;">Coaxial to Ethernet Converter Kit</span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">. This enables upgrading your analog system to IP while still using existing coaxial cabling. The converters are small, lightweight, easy to install, and do not need to be connected to an additional power adapter. There is no need to run new cabling, simply plug the converters in. Send data and power over coax up to 900 m (2,952 ft) reach (performance and supported length are subject to transmission coaxial cable and coupler quality). This is a cost-effective and useful solution for legacy DVR upgrades and future expansion.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">Coaxial to Ethernet Converters</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/bundle3.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="400" class="wp-image-5034 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/bundle3.jpeg" alt="bundle3" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 210" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/bundle3.jpeg 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/bundle3-300x171.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">To upgrade your wired system to an NVR with IP security cameras, you will need:</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">1x </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00498d; font-size: 10.5pt;">Coaxial to Ethernet Converter for PoE Cameras Kit (ACVKIT)</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">or</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">1x </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00498d; font-size: 10.5pt;">Coaxial to Ethernet Converter for PoE Cameras &#8211; Receiver (ACVRC)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">1x </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00498d; font-size: 10.5pt;">Coaxial to Ethernet Converter for PoE Cameras &#8211; Transmitter (ACVTR)</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h4 style="margin-top: 5.65pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5.65pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; font-style: italic; color: #2e74b5;"><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 11pt;">Features:</span></h4>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Supports long range power supply transmission via coaxial cable</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Provides one BNC coaxial port and one RJ45 port</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Equipped with two transmission modes which are 100 Mbps and 10 Mbps &#8211; can be modified according to the transmission distance</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;">Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling</h2>
<h6 style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;">Also Read : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/how-to/how-to-use-webcam-on-surveillance-station-on-qnap-nas.html">How to use Webcam on Surveillance Station on QNAP NAS?</a><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></h6>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">Installing your Coaxial to Ethernet Converters</span></h2>
<h3 style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5.65pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 11pt;">Safety Precautions</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Please read the following safeguards and warnings carefully before using the product in order to avoid damages or losses:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/warning_icon.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="63" height="58" class="wp-image-5035 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/warning_icon.jpeg" alt="warning icon" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 211"></a></span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">WARNING:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> Do not use power line other than the one specified. Please use it properly. Otherwise, it may cause fire or electric shock.</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Do not expose the device to lampblack, steam or dust. Otherwise, it may cause fire or electric shock.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Do not expose the device to sunlight, humid environments, or high temperatures. Temperature rise or moisture in the device may cause fire.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Do not block air vent of the device or ventilation around the device. Otherwise, temperature in device will rise and may cause fire.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">The device must be installed on a solid and flat surface in order to guarantee safety under load and earthquake. Otherwise, it may cause the device to fall off or turnover.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Do not place the device on carpet or quilt.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Do not place any object on the device.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Do not disassemble the device.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h3 style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5.65pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 11pt;">Installation</span></h3>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Connect a solid wire </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00498d; font-size: 10.5pt;">Cat5e or Cat6 network cable</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;"> to your </span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">PoE Switch/NVR&#8217;s</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;"> </span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">&#8220;PoE Port&#8221;</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;"> and to your </span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">receiver&#8217;s</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;"> </span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">&#8220;PoE IN&#8221; port</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/21.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="341" class="wp-image-5036 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/21.jpeg" alt="21" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 212" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/21.jpeg 676w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/21-300x151.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></a></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">2.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Connect the </span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">coaxial BNC cable</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;"> to the </span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">&#8220;Long Reach&#8221; ports</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;"> on both your </span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">receiver and transmitter</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/22.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="658" height="573" class="wp-image-5037 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/22.jpeg" alt="22" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 213" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/22.jpeg 658w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/22-300x261.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 658px) 100vw, 658px" /></a></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">3.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Connect a solid wire </span><a href="https://www.lorex.com/collections/cables" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00498d; font-size: 10.5pt;">Cat5e or Cat6 network cable</span></a><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;"> to your </span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">IP Camera&#8217;s Ethernet connector</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;"> and to your </span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">transmitter&#8217;s &#8220;PoE OUT&#8221; port</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/23-680w419h.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="680" height="419" class="wp-image-5038 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/23-680w419h.jpeg" alt="23 680w419h" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 214" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/23-680w419h.jpeg 680w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/23-680w419h-300x185.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 680px) 100vw, 680px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">Product Overview &amp; LED Indicators</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/receiver-transmitter02.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="475" height="367" class="wp-image-5039 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/receiver-transmitter02.jpeg" alt="receiver transmitter02" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 215" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/receiver-transmitter02.jpeg 475w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/receiver-transmitter02-300x232.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 475px) 100vw, 475px" /></a></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">1.</span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Receiver &#8220;PoE IN&#8221; port:</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;"> PoE input port</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">2.</span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">&#8220;Long Reach&#8221; ports:</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;"> Coaxial BNC cable port</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">3.</span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">LED Indicators:</span></strong></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Link:</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;"> BNC port indicator light (E100: On for 3 seconds, off for 1 second, E10: On for 1 second, off for 1 second)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">PWR:</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;"> Power indicator light</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">4.</span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Transmitter &#8220;PoE OUT&#8221; port:</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;"> PoE output port</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">Mounting</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">The Coaxial to Ethernet Converter supports two installation modes: junction box or it can support DIN rail mount.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/mount.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="363" height="543" class="wp-image-5040 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/mount.jpeg" alt="mount" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 216" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/mount.jpeg 363w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/mount-201x300.jpeg 201w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 363px) 100vw, 363px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Note: Supports slide width of 28 mm (1.1”)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">For full mounting instructions, please refer to the junction box&#8217;s Quick Start Guide on Lorex&#8217;s </span><a href="https://help.lorextechnology.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00498d; font-size: 10.5pt;">support page</span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">Product Specifications</span></h2>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Function Port: 1&#215;10/100 Mbps Base-TX, 1xBNC</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Power consumption: &lt;2W</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Transmission bandwidth: RG59 coaxial cable 400 m / 100 Mbps, 1000 m / 10 Mbps</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">PoE Protocol: 48V Passive PoE (Pairs 1, 2+; 3, 6 Return)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Network standards: IEEE802.3, IEEE802.3u and IEEE802.3X</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Supports IEEE802.3af and IEEE802.3at power supply standards</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Supports MDI/MDIX self-adaption</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Lightning Protection: Common Mode 4KV, Differential Mode 2KV</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Operating temperatures: -22 to 149 °F / -30 to 65 °C</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Operating humidity: 5%–95%</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Dimensions (W×D×H): 3.1 × 2 × 0.9&#8243;/ 79 × 52 × 23 mm</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Weight: 0.13 lb / 61 g</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">PoE Power Supply Specifications (RG59 Coaxial Cable)</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/poe-power-supply1.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="949" height="263" class="wp-image-5041 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/poe-power-supply1.jpeg" alt="poe power supply1" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 217" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/poe-power-supply1.jpeg 949w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/poe-power-supply1-300x83.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/poe-power-supply1-768x213.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 949px) 100vw, 949px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">ePoE switch supply voltage 48V. / RG-59, max. DC resistance &lt; 5 Ω / 100 m (328 ft)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/poe-power-supply2.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="949" height="263" class="wp-image-5042 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/poe-power-supply2.jpeg" alt="poe power supply2" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 218" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/poe-power-supply2.jpeg 949w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/poe-power-supply2-300x83.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/poe-power-supply2-768x213.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 949px) 100vw, 949px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">ePoE switch supply voltage 53V. / RG-59, max. DC resistance &lt; 5 Ω / 100 m (328 ft)</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">4K IP Wired Dome Security Camera with Smart Deterrence: Installation</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">This article provides instructions on how to install and connect </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">4K Smart Deterrence IP Dome Camera with Smart Motion Detection Plus </span></strong><a href="https://www.lorextechnology.com/4k-security-camera/smart-deterrence-ip-dome-security-camera/E893DD-Series-1-p" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00498d; font-size: 10.5pt;">(E893DD Series)</span></a><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> to the NVR.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5.65pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 11pt;">Before Installing</span></h1>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Test your camera prior to selecting a permanent mounting location by temporarily connecting the camera and cable to your NVR.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Decide whether to run the cables through the wall/ceiling (drilling required) or along the wall/ceiling. If you run the cables along the wall/ceiling, you must run the cable through the cable notch located on the camera base (see figure below). This will keep the camera base flush to the surface when mounted.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/before-installing.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="412" height="400" class="wp-image-5043 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/before-installing.png" alt="before installing" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 219" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/before-installing.png 412w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/before-installing-300x291.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 412px) 100vw, 412px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5.65pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 11pt;">Installing 4K Smart Deterrence IP Dome Camera</span></h1>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Use the included mounting template to mark holes for the screws and camera cable.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">2.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Drill holes for the screws and camera cable. Insert the optional anchors if installing in drywall.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">3.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Feed the camera cable through the camera base. If you are running cables along a wall/ceiling, make sure to pass the cable through the cable notch.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">4.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Connect cables as shown in “Connecting the camera”, pages 10-11.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">5.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Use a Philips screwdriver and the screws to attach the camera base to the mounting surface.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">6.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Angle the dome camera and cover as shown in the figure below.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/installation.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="408" height="500" class="wp-image-5044 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/installation.jpeg" alt="installation" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 220" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/installation.jpeg 408w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/installation-245x300.jpeg 245w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 408px) 100vw, 408px" /></a></span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">7.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Use the included Allen key to tighten the dome camera firmly onto the camera base.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">8.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Remove the vinyl film from the camera lens once your installation is complete.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5.65pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 11pt;">Connecting 4K Smart Deterrence IP Dome Camera</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Connect the cameras and cables to your NVR using one of the following two setup methods.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">1. Connect cameras directly to the NVR (recommended)</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Connect the Ethernet cable to the camera and then connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to the NVR’s PoE ports. The camera may take a minute to power on after being connected.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Note:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> A 12V DC power adapter (model#: ACCPWR12V1, not included) is only required if connecting the camera’s Ethernet cable to a router or switch that does not support PoE.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connection1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1000" height="265" class="wp-image-5045 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connection1.png" alt="connection1" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 221" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connection1.png 1000w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connection1-300x80.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connection1-768x204.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Notes:</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">The smart deterrence camera is only compatible with select NVRs. For a list of compatible NVRs, visit </span><a href="https://www.lorextechnology.com/compatibility" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00498d; font-size: 10.5pt;">lorextechnology.com/compatibility</span></a><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">You must connect the camera to a supporting H.265 NVR to take advantage of H.265 compression. For instructions on enabling H.265 compression, visit </span><a href="https://www.lorextechnology.com/site/self-serve/how-do-i-enable-h-265-compression-/R-sccont21300000" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00498d; font-size: 10.5pt;">How do I enable H.265 compression?</span></a></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">2. Connect cameras to a PoE switch or router on your network (not included)</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Connect the Ethernet cable to the camera and then connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to a router or switch on your network. See your NVR manual for details on connecting the camera to your NVR using a router or switch.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connection2.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1000" height="428" class="wp-image-5046 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connection2.png" alt="connection2" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 222" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connection2.png 1000w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connection2-300x128.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connection2-768x329.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">Using the RJ45 cable gland (optional)</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">The pre-attached RJ45 cable gland covers both the camera’s Ethernet connector and the RJ45 plug to provide weather-resistance and protection from dust, dirt and other environmental contaminants.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">To use the RJ45 cable gland,</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> twist the RJ45 cable gland barrel securely onto the camera’s Ethernet connector.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/cable-gland.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="226" class="wp-image-5047 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/cable-gland.png" alt="cable gland" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 223" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/cable-gland.png 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/cable-gland-300x97.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Tip:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> The RJ45 cable gland is weather-resistant. Seal the cap with silicone and/or electrical tape for additional sealing if it will be exposed to precipitation regularly.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5.65pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 11pt;">Cable extension options</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">You can extend the Ethernet cable run for your camera up to 300ft (91m). To extend the cable run beyond 300ft (91m), a switch will be required (sold separately). Use an RJ45 coupler or a network switch (not included) to connect male ends of Ethernet cables together. We recommend using UL CMR approved cables available at lorex.com.</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Cable type:</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;"> CAT5e (or higher) Ethernet cable</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Max. cable run distance:</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;"> 300ft (91m)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Max. number of extensions:</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;"> 3</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">4K IP Wired Dome Security Camera with Smart Deterrence: Getting Started</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">This article provides instructions on how to setup the </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">4K Smart Deterrence IP Dome Camera with Smart Motion Detection Plus </span></strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00498d; font-size: 10.5pt;">(E893DD Series)</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5.65pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 11pt;">Important Installation Guidelines</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">The optimal installation location, including the height and angle of your camera, will depend on the type of detection settings that you want to enable. Since the optimal angle for person and vehicle detection is different from the optimal angle for face detection, you will need to select one approach.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Note:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> You cannot enable both face detection and person and vehicle detection at the same time.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Based on your detection preference choose between:</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">1. Optimizing person and vehicle detection accuracy</span></h2>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Choose a location where objects of interest will be no further than 50ft (15m) from the camera.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Install the camera between 8-16ft (2.5-5m) off the ground.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Angle the camera between 30-60° down from the level position.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Optimal accuracy for objects of interest appear in the bottom 2/3 of the camera image.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Point the camera where there is the least amount of obstructions (i.e. tree branches).</span></div>
<h3 style="text-align: left; margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5.65pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 11pt;">Accuracy of person and vehicle detection</span></h3>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Accuracy will be influenced by multiple factors, such as the object’s distance from the camera, the size of the object, and the height and angle of the camera. Night vision will also impact the accuracy of detection.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/pv-detection.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="325" class="wp-image-5048 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/pv-detection.jpeg" alt="pv detection" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 224" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/pv-detection.jpeg 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/pv-detection-300x139.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></a></span></p>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">2. Optimizing face and mask detection accuracy</span></h2>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Install in a bright area and avoid facing direct sunlight with strong backlights and dark shadows.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Choose a location where objects of interest will be no further than 15ft (4.5m) from the camera.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Position the camera 10ft (3m) off the ground to detect the full proportion of a face.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Angle the camera around 15° down from the level position.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Point the camera directly where objects of interest will be facing.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Note:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> Facial recording without consent is illegal in certain jurisdictions. Lorex Technology does not assume liability for any use of its product that fails to conform with local laws.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/fd-detection.jpeg" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="319" class="wp-image-5049 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/fd-detection.jpeg" alt="fd detection" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 225" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/fd-detection.jpeg 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/fd-detection-300x137.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5.65pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 11pt;">High accuracy Vs. low accuracy face detection</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Accuracy will be influenced by lighting conditions and the distance/angle of a person’s face to the camera.</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">To distinguish facial features, the camera must be positioned head on with a clear view of a person’s face. Obscured and partially/fully covered faces will not be accurately captured.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">To improve the range of face detection in low light conditions, color night vision will switch to black &amp; white. If you cannot meet these requirements for installation, it may be best to follow the guidelines for person and vehicle detection instead.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/fd-accuracy.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="181" class="wp-image-5050 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/fd-accuracy.png" alt="fd accuracy" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 226" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/fd-accuracy.png 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/fd-accuracy-300x78.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></a></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5.65pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 11pt;">Mask detection</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">With face detection enabled, you can set the alarm type to detect if a person is not wearing a mask. A person not wearing a mask or improperly wearing a mask will be captured in the face preview sidebar and a notification will be sent through the Lorex App.</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Enable Mask Detect and Auto-response to remind a non-mask wearer to: “</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;"><em>Please wear your face mask</em></span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">”.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/mask-detection.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="500" height="285" class="wp-image-5051 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/mask-detection.png" alt="mask detection" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 227" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/mask-detection.png 500w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/mask-detection-300x171.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">For full instructions on installing and connecting the 4K Smart Deterrence IP Dome Camera to the NVR, visit </span><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00498d; font-size: 10.5pt;">Installing 4K Smart Deterrence IP Dome Camera.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">4K Ultra HD Smart Deterrence IP Camera: Installation Guide</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">This article provides instructions on how to install and connect </span><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">4K Ultra HD Smart Deterrence IP Camera </span></strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00498d; font-size: 10.5pt;">(E893AB Series)</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> to the NVR.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5.65pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 11pt;">Before Installing</span></h1>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Test your camera prior to selecting a permanent mounting location by temporarily connecting the camera and cable to your NVR.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Decide whether to run the cables through the wall/ceiling (drilling required) or along the wall/ceiling. If you run the cables along the wall/ceiling, you must run the cable through the cable notch located on the camera base (see figure below). This will keep the camera base flush to the surface when mounted.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/before-installing-1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="500" height="261" class="wp-image-5052 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/before-installing-1.png" alt="before installing 1" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 228" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/before-installing-1.png 500w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/before-installing-1-300x157.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5.65pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 11pt;">Installing 4K Ultra HD Smart Deterrence IP Camera</span></h1>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Use the included mounting template to mark holes for the screws.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">2.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Use a 3/16” drill bit to drill holes for the mounting screws. Insert the included drywall anchors if you are installing the camera in drywall.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">3.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Connect cables as shown in </span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><em>Connecting 4K Ultra HD Smart Deterrence IP Camera</em></span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> below.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">4.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Feed the cable through the mounting surface or cable notch and mount the camera stand to the surface using the included screws.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">5.</span><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Use a Philips screwdriver to loosen the adjustment screw and adjust the camera position as needed.</span></div>
<p style="text-align: left; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/install1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="600" height="308" class="wp-image-5053 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/install1.png" alt="install1" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 229" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/install1.png 600w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/install1-300x154.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></a></span></p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">6.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Tighten the adjustment screw to secure the position.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/install2.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="600" height="302" class="wp-image-5054 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/install2.png" alt="install2" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 230" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/install2.png 600w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/install2-300x151.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></a></span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">7.</span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Remove the vinyl film from the camera lens when your installation is complete.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/install3.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="600" height="303" class="wp-image-5055 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/install3.png" alt="install3" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 231" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/install3.png 600w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/install3-300x152.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5.65pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 11pt;">Connecting 4K Ultra HD Smart Deterrence IP Camera</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Connect the cameras and cables to your NVR using one of the following two setup methods.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">1. Connect cameras directly to the NVR (recommended).</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Connect the Ethernet cable to the camera and then connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to the NVR’s PoE ports. The camera may take a minute to power on after being connected.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Note:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> A 12V DC power adapter (model#: ACCPWR12V1, not included) is only required if connecting the camera’s Ethernet cable to a router or switch that does not support PoE.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connect1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1000" height="258" class="wp-image-5056 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connect1.png" alt="connect1" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 232" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connect1.png 1000w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connect1-300x77.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connect1-768x198.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Notes:</span></strong></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">The smart deterrence camera is only compatible with select NVRs. For a list of compatible NVRs, visit </span><a href="https://www.lorextechnology.com/compatibility" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #00498d; font-size: 10.5pt;">lorextechnology.com/compatibility</span></a><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">You must connect the camera to a supporting H.265 NVR to take advantage of H.265 compression.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">2. Connect cameras to a PoE switch or router on your network (not included).</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Connect the Ethernet cable to the camera and then connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to a router or switch on your network. See your NVR manual for details on connecting the camera to your NVR using a router or switch.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connect2.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1000" height="430" class="wp-image-5057 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connect2.png" alt="connect2" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 233" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connect2.png 1000w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connect2-300x129.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connect2-768x330.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1000px) 100vw, 1000px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #111; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #1428a0; font-size: 11pt;">Using the RJ45 cable gland (optional)</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">The pre-attached RJ45 cable gland covers both the camera’s Ethernet connector and the RJ45 plug to provide weather-resistance and protection from dust, dirt and other environmental contaminants.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">To use the RJ45 cable gland,</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> twist the RJ45 cable gland barrel securely onto the camera’s Ethernet connector.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/cable-gland-1.png" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="226" class="wp-image-5058 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/cable-gland-1.png" alt="cable gland 1" title="Easily Connect IP Cameras Over Existing Coaxial Cabling 234" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/cable-gland-1.png 700w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/cable-gland-1-300x97.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></a></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">Tip:</span></strong><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;"> The RJ45 cable gland is weather-resistant. Seal the cap with silicone and/or electrical tape for additional sealing if it will be exposed to precipitation regularly.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 11.25pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5.65pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 11pt;">Cable extension options</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 11.25pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000000; font-size: 10.5pt;">You can extend the Ethernet cable run for your camera up to 300ft (91m). To extend the cable run beyond 300ft (91m), a switch will be required (sold separately). Use an RJ45 coupler or a network switch (not included) to connect male ends of Ethernet cables together. We recommend using UL CMR approved cables available at lorex.com.</span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Cable type:</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;"> CAT5e (or higher) Ethernet cable</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Max. cable run distance:</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;"> 300ft (91m)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.52; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #111111; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;">Max. number of extensions:</span></strong><span style="color: #111111; font-size: 10.5pt;"> 3</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/general/easily-connect-ip-cameras-over-existing-coaxial-cabling.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/vivotek-nvr-linux-based-user-guide.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/vivotek-nvr-linux-based-user-guide.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 15 Jan 2024 18:24:32 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[admin]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[analyze]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[chrome]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[default]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Downloads]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[h.264]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[h.265]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[HDD]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ios]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip cam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IPC]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[latest firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVRs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[opera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[plugin]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[plugins]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[poe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Snapshot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Storage]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Video Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[View interface]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VIVOTEK]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[vms]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMS software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[with]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[XVR]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=4627</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide, VIVOTEK’s ND9425P is a H.265 Linux-based standalone NVR that supports up to 4K IP camera video...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #3c3c3c; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide, VIVOTEK’s ND9425P is a H.265 Linux-based standalone NVR that supports up to 4K IP camera video decoding and local 4K video display. With advanced H.265 compression technology, users are able to experience Full HD quality video while expending less HDD capacity than H.264.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #3c3c3c; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11pt;">The NVR features embedded 16x 802.3 at/af PoE ports to provide users easy and convenient IP camera installation, and also supports remote and mobile access via VIVOCloud and iViewer apps for both iOS and Android devices. The VIVOCloud app provides instant push notification and direct video playback functions when triggered by an alarm notification and provides users a flexible and intelligent NVR for seamless use in small to medium sized video surveillance applications.</span></p>
<h3 style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #1877ff; font-size: 25.5pt;">Highlight Feature</span></strong></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="background: #a0a0a0; width: 0; height: 0; display: inline-block;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 30pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #202020; font-size: 11pt;">New Web UI Available for Plug-in Free Browser</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="800" height="450" class="wp-image-4628 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-55.png" alt="C:\Users\msalihaslan\Downloads\nvr_plug-in_free.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 262" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-55.png 800w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-55-300x169.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-55-768x432.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Actively adopting current trends and simultaneously protecting your cybersecurity, VIVOTEK&#8217;s new web UI supports Chrome browsers without the need for web plugins. It lets users login and operate with ease, and solves issues related to system administrator authority, safety risks, browser, and OS updates. Furthermore, it now supports H.265 technology meaning that users can attain higher and more efficient image compression rates than previous H.264 systems while maintaining high image quality.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2;"><a href="https://www.vivotek.com/news/press-releases/334/nvr-new-web-ui" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #ffffff; background-color: #1877ff; font-size: 18pt;">More</span></a></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 30pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #202020; font-size: 11pt;">Smart VCA Event Search</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">The NVR supports alarm management and event search of VIVOTEK&#8217;s deep-learning video analytics technology, Smart VCA. The user can search by single or multiple event types, playback triggered events and then export these search results to video clips.</span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 30pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #202020; font-size: 11pt;">PoE Management</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Allow users to quickly troubleshoot problems and monitor power use for better operation. When overloaded, some PoE ports will auto power-off until system power is falls below the threshold for system protection.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 30pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #202020; font-size: 11pt;">Integration with Genetec<img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2122.png" alt="™" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> Security Center</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">VIVOTEK NVR’s are not only fully integrated with our own VMS software &#8211; VAST 2, now they are also able to connect with Genetec<img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2122.png" alt="™" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> Security Center via ONVIF, offering various functions including NVR search &amp; add, video/audio display, video streaming configuration, edge playback, and NVR firmware upgrades. With the connection to Genetec<img src="https://s.w.org/images/core/emoji/17.0.2/72x72/2122.png" alt="™" class="wp-smiley" style="height: 1em; max-height: 1em;" /> Security Center, reliable video surveillance solutions can be delivered to address small, medium, and large surveillance implementations.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 30pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #202020; font-size: 11pt;">Customer Support</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Customer support allows VIVOTEK technical support to rapidly debug your NVR, users only need to export logs by pressing one key and providing the logs to the technical support team to get customer support.</span><br />
<span style="font-size: 11pt;">In addition, you can get an access ID while connected to the internet. By keeping the remote access button on and providing the access ID to the technical support team, we can remote access your NVR to analyze the cause of errors and then debug it.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 30pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #202020; font-size: 11pt;">Better Video Quality with Lower Bandwidth</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">With H.265 standard and VIVOTEK’s Smart Stream technology, VIVOTEK NVR is not only able to provide the high quality video, also save the usage of network bandwidth and recording capacity more than regular H.264 standard.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 30pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #202020; font-size: 11pt;">4K IP Camera Video Input and 4K Local Video Output</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">Supporting 4K IP camera video input and 4K local video output, VIVOTEK’s NVR can provide users extra high definition video resolution ensuring they will never miss a single detail in both video monitoring and recording.</span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 30pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><strong><span style="color: #202020; font-size: 11pt;">VIVOCloud App &amp; Portal for 24/7 Viewing</span></strong></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 2.25;"><span style="font-size: 11pt;">The free VIVOCloud app makes surveillance lightweight and portable, ensuring efficient operation. The latest P2P technology makes remote access even more convenient, by simply scanning the QR-code and installing the app, users can view live streams and play recorded clips with the intuitive interface anytime, anywhere. Armed with the Push Notification function, users will directly get an alert message on their Android/iOS mobile device and directly playback the video to check for any suspicious activity.</span></p>
<h2>Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide</h2>
<p>Read Also : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/firmware/vivotek-firmware-dvr-nvr-ipc-software-download.html">Vivotek firmware DVR NVR IPC Software download</a></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">What information of the ND/NV-Series NVR should I provide to contact technical support for help?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please provide the following information while contacting technical support for help:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Model name, MAC address, Firmware version and Device pack version.</span><br />
<a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/4404877160985" target="_self" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">How to know the MAC address, model name, firmware version and device pack version of the ND/NV-Series NVR(Linux-based)?</span></a></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Problem description.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Snapshots or video clips to show the problem.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">4.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Date and time when the problem happened.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">5.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">NVR configuration file with the password of the admin account.</span><br />
<a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/4404877532441" target="_self" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">How to get the configuration file of the ND/NV-Series NVR(Linux-based)?</span></a></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">6.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Logs.(Debug log/Archive log/System log/Recording log/User log/Error log)</span><br />
<a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/900005538006" target="_self" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">How to collect logs for Linux-based NVR and provide to VIVOTEK support team?</span></a></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">7.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Information of the added camera.(Model name/MAC address/Firmware version)</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">8.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enable remote access.(If VIVOTEK support engineer needs to connect NVR)</span><br />
<a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/4404909710489" target="_self" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">How to export debug logs and enable remote access function from ND/NV-Series NVR(Linux-based)?</span></a></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">We might need the following information, but they are not compulsory:</span></p>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Public IP (with port if any).</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Port forwarding for FTP port(port 21),SSH port(22), telnet port (port 23).</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">3.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Reproducing steps/ history.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">4.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">HDD model name and storage capacity.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">[Linux-based NVRs] How to upgrade the ND-series NVR?</span></h1>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Enhancing the functionality and security of your ND/NV-Series NVR is crucial, and firmware upgrades play a pivotal role in this process. Please follow the steps below to upgrade the ND/NV-Series NVR:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Before starting the upgrade, it&#8217;s recommended to back up your current settings and data to prevent any potential loss.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 1.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Search for your NVR model on the VIVOTEK official website: </span><a href="https://www.vivotek.com/" target="_new" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">https://www.vivotek.com/.</span></a></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="566" class="wp-image-4629 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-1-756w566h.png" alt="001.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 263" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-1-756w566h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-1-756w566h-300x225.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 2.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Click on the webpage of your specific NVR model.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 3.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Select &#8216;Downloads&#8217; to find and download the latest firmware version (for example, ND9425P, as shown in the picture).</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="428" class="wp-image-4630 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-2-756w428h.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 264" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-2-756w428h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-2-756w428h-300x170.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 4.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> After downloading, unzip the file to find a .img file.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 5.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> To update the firmware, access the NVR and import the .img file via Settings &gt; System &gt; Maintenance &gt; Update Firmware.</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="500" class="wp-image-4631 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-3-756w500h.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 265" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-3-756w500h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-3-756w500h-300x198.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">There are two ways to access the NVR: via a Web console or a Local console. Please choose the appropriate method for accessing your NVR.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000099; font-size: 11pt;">Web console</span></h3>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Navigate to Settings &gt; System &gt; Maintenance &gt; Update Firmware and follow the previously mentioned steps.</span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="337" class="wp-image-4632 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-4-756w337h.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 266" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-4-756w337h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-4-756w337h-300x134.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></h3>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #000099; font-size: 11pt;">Local console</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Firstly, place the .img file on a USB drive and insert it into the NVR.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="364" height="346" class="wp-image-4633 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-5-364w346h.png" alt="USB.PNG" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 267" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-5-364w346h.png 364w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-5-364w346h-300x285.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 364px) 100vw, 364px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Then, access the system settings by clicking on the gear icon in the local view.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="175" height="378" class="wp-image-4634 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-6-1.png" alt="mceclip3.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 268" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-6-1.png 175w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-6-1-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 175px) 100vw, 175px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Once in the &#8216;Settings&#8217; interface, go to System &gt; Maintenance &gt; Update firmware and proceed as described earlier.  </span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How to export debug logs and enable remote access function from ND-Series NVR(Linux-based)?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Starts from firmware version v4.1 of ND/NV-Series NVR, VIVOTEK add remote access function on the customer support page.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please follow the step below to export debug logs and enable remote access</span><strong><span style="color: #0000ff; font-size: 18pt;">*</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> function to get access ID:</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
There are two ways to access the NVR, please choose which one you access to NVR. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/4404909710489-How-to-export-debug-logs-and-enable-remote-access-function-from-ND-Series-NVR-Linux-based-#h_01FDGSKDG5YAWMCHCBN4JNMC87" target="_self" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">Web console</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/4404909710489-How-to-export-debug-logs-and-enable-remote-access-function-from-ND-Series-NVR-Linux-based-#h_01FDGSKM6614DBSTG50NH1QHJB" target="_self" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">Local console</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">Note 1</span></strong><span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">:</span><br />
<span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">1.Remember to provide MAC address of ND-Series NVR at the same time when providing the access ID.</span><br />
<span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">2. Remote access has 14 days validity.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">Note 2:</span></strong><br />
<strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">* Important Notice *</span></strong><br />
<span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">The </span><span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;"><em>ND9213P, ND9323P and ND9425P</em></span><span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;"> NVR remote access service for customer support will be temporarily stopped starting from Feb. 7th, 2022 until the middle of April, 2022 due to service maintenance and firmware tunning. After the proper changes have been done in the cloud platform and the firmware, VIVOTEK will release an statement informing the new NVR firmware v4.1 release and will resume the remote services for those specific models.</span><br />
<span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">For </span><span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;"><em>ND9441. ND9541, ND9441P, ND9541P, ND9322P, ND9424P, ND9322P-v2 </em></span><span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">and </span><span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;"><em>ND9424P-v2</em></span><span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">, remote cloud service will NOT be supported. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Web console.</span></h2>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Go to setting&gt;System&gt;Customer support page</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
(A). Export debug logs.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
(B). Enable remote access.(OFF-&gt;ON)</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
(C). Cope Access ID.</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="337" class="wp-image-4635 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-13-756w337h.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 269" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-13-756w337h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-13-756w337h-300x134.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="504" class="wp-image-4636 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-14-756w504h.png" alt="Access_1.PNG" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 270" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-14-756w504h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-14-756w504h-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;"><br />
Local console.</span></h2>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Go to setting&gt;System&gt;Customer support page</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
(A). Export debug logs.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
(B). Enable remote access.(OFF-&gt;ON)</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
(C). Cope Access ID.</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="175" height="378" class="wp-image-4637 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-15.png" alt="mceclip3.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 271" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-15.png 175w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-15-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 175px) 100vw, 175px" /></span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="426" class="wp-image-4638 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-16-756w426h.png" alt="Access2.PNG" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 272" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-16-756w426h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-16-756w426h-300x169.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How to export the backup/configuration file of the ND/NV-Series NVR(Linux-based)?</span></h1>
<p style="text-align: justify; margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">The NVR backup file contains the device configuration files, usually this file is exported as a security measure in case the device needs to be reset to defaults and then be restored with a predetermined configuration or previous configuration. This file can also be used by VIVOTEK Technical Support in case they require to reproduce an issue (using the same configuration parameters). In order to export the backup file of the ND/NV-Series NVR please follow the next guide:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Chose your interface:</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
There are two ways to access the NVR, please choose which one you access to NVR. </span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/4404877532441-How-to-export-the-backup-configuration-file-of-the-ND-NV-Series-NVR-Linux-based-#h_01FDGSACBNBW6V5AFYHBAXBV4S" target="_self" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">Web console</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/4404877532441-How-to-export-the-backup-configuration-file-of-the-ND-NV-Series-NVR-Linux-based-#h_01FDGSAM9PB5F2Y9ZZGE64CKNE" target="_self" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">Local console</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">Note</span></strong><span style="color: #660066; font-size: 11pt;">: If you are planning to provide the configuration file to Technical Support for analysis/troubleshooting please remember to provide the password of the admin account as well.</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Web console:</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 1.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Using a browser, access the NVR using the username and password.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="453" height="334" class="wp-image-4639 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-21-453w334h.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 273" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-21-453w334h.png 453w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-21-453w334h-300x221.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 453px) 100vw, 453px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 2.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Click on the gear icon to access the NVR configuration page.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="748" height="309" class="wp-image-4640 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-22-748w309h.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 274" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-22-748w309h.png 748w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-22-748w309h-300x124.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 748px) 100vw, 748px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 3. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Click on the &#8220;System&#8221; tab and select &#8220;Maintenance&#8221;.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="596" class="wp-image-4641 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-23-756w596h.png" alt="mceclip2.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 275" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-23-756w596h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-23-756w596h-300x237.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 4. </span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">In the &#8220;Maintenance&#8221; interface click on the &#8220;Backup&#8221; button to export the backup/configuration file of the NVR. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="596" class="wp-image-4642 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-24-756w596h.png" alt="mceclip3.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 276" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-24-756w596h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-24-756w596h-300x237.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 5.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">When the download promp appears, click on &#8220;Save&#8221; to save the backup file to the computer.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="680" height="496" class="wp-image-4643 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-25-680w496h.png" alt="mceclip4.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 277" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-25-680w496h.png 680w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-25-680w496h-300x219.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 680px) 100vw, 680px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 6.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Be sure that the file was correctly stored.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="926" height="216" class="wp-image-4644 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-26.png" alt="mceclip5.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 278" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-26.png 926w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-26-300x70.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-26-768x179.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 926px) 100vw, 926px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<h3 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #1f4d78; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Local console:</span></h3>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 1.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Prepare and insert the USB into the NVR USB port. You can use either the back panel USB and frontal panel USB ports (if any) to extract the files. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="270" height="257" class="wp-image-4645 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-27-270w257h.png" alt="USB.PNG" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 279"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 2.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> In the Live View interface, click on the gear icon to access the device configuration page. </span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="175" height="378" class="wp-image-4646 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-28.png" alt="mceclip3.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 280" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-28.png 175w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-28-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 175px) 100vw, 175px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Step 3.</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> Go to the system tab, select the maintenance section and click on the &#8220;Backup&#8221; button to copy the configuration file in the USB. </span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="419" class="wp-image-4647 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-29-756w419h.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 281" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-29-756w419h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-29-756w419h-300x166.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How to know the MAC address, model name, firmware version and device pack version of the ND/NV-Series NVR(Linux-based)?</span></h1>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Please follow the steps below to check the </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">MAC address</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">, </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">model name</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">, </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">firmware version</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">, and </span><strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">device pack version</span></strong><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> of the ND/NV-Series NVR:</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">There are two ways to access the NVR, please choose which one you access to NVR. </span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/4404877160985-How-to-know-the-MAC-address-model-name-firmware-version-and-device-pack-version-of-the-ND-NV-Series-NVR-Linux-based-#h_01FDGRW45Y8FB7WAK1683CWY0T" target="_self" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">Web console</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/4404877160985-How-to-know-the-MAC-address-model-name-firmware-version-and-device-pack-version-of-the-ND-NV-Series-NVR-Linux-based-#h_01FDGRWBWX4FF9YK3C1VK4F68G" target="_self" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">Local console</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">.</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Web console.</span></h2>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">MAC Address:</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Please open the Shepherd on your PC to find the MAC address of NVR.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
(Refer to </span><a href="https://vivotek.zendesk.com/hc/en-001/articles/900006715983" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #1892f7; font-size: 11pt;">How to get camera list with camera model name, firmware version and MAC addresses via Shepherd?</span></a><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">)</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="188" height="72" class="wp-image-4648 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-39.png" alt="shepherd.PNG" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 282"></span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="249" class="wp-image-4649 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-40-756w249h.png" alt="MAC.PNG" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 283" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-40-756w249h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-40-756w249h-300x99.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Model name, Firmware version and Device pack version:</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Go to setting&gt;Information&gt;Information</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="337" class="wp-image-4650 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-41-756w337h.png" alt="mceclip0.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 284" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-41-756w337h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-41-756w337h-300x134.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="540" class="wp-image-4651 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-42-756w540h.png" alt="mceclip2.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 285" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-42-756w540h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-42-756w540h-300x214.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></p>
<p><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-size: 12pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Local console.</span></h2>
<div class="ol" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333; font-size: 12pt;">1.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">MAC Address:</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Please find the MAC label on the top of cover or bottom cover of ND/NV-Series NVR.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
If there are 2 MACs on the MAC label, please provide us 2 MACs.</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="402" height="196" class="wp-image-4652 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-43.png" alt="mceclip1.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 286" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-43.png 402w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-43-300x146.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 402px) 100vw, 402px" /></span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 15pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #333333;">2.</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">Model name, Firmware version and Device pack version:</span><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><br />
Go to setting&gt;Information&gt;Information</span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="175" height="378" class="wp-image-4653 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-44.png" alt="mceclip3.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 287" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-44.png 175w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-44-139x300.png 139w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 175px) 100vw, 175px" /></span><br />
<span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="395" class="wp-image-4654 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-45-756w395h.png" alt="mceclip4.png" title="Vivotek NVR Linux based user guide 288" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-45-756w395h.png 756w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/Picture-45-756w395h-300x157.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></span></div>
</div>
</div>
<h1 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8.05pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; font-weight: bold; font-size: 24pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How to get camera list with camera model name, firmware version and MAC addresses via Shepherd?</span></h1>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Question</span></h2>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;">How to get camera list with camera model name, firmware version and MAC addresses via Shepherd?</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 11pt;"> </span></p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3; color: #2e74b5; font-size: 13pt;"><span style="color: #333333; font-size: 16.5pt;">Answer</span></h2>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" title="How to get camera list with camera model name, firmware version and MAC addresses via Shepherd?" width="500" height="281" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/3XGsiv6jHfE?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/vivotek-nvr-linux-based-user-guide.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<media:content url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/3XGsiv6jHfE" medium="video" width="1280" height="720">
			<media:player url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/3XGsiv6jHfE" />
			<media:title type="plain">How to get camera list with camera model name, firmware version and MAC addresses via Shepherd?</media:title>
			<media:description type="html"><![CDATA[This video introduces how to get camera list with camera model name, firmware version and MAC addresses via Shepherd at one time.Shepherd download link https...]]></media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/how-to-get-camera-list-with-came.jpg" />
			<media:rating scheme="urn:simple">nonadult</media:rating>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/general/how-to-set-up-the-hikvision-2nd-generation-modular-intercom.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/general/how-to-set-up-the-hikvision-2nd-generation-modular-intercom.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2023 19:22:23 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[General]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AX PRO Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Basic Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Client Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[default]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hikvision]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision AX PRO]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Install]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP address]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[latest firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion detect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[phone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[poe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PoE injector]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Security]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[vms]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMS Client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VMS software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[with]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=2850</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom, We get asked a lot of questions by people looking to buy...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom, We get asked a </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">lot</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> of questions by people looking to buy or who have already bought Hikvision’s 2nd Gen modular Intercom solution and for a long time, we have had to take the majority of those questions to Hikvision Support as we just don’t have enough hands-on experience with the intercom solution to answer them confidently. Now we have finally found time to get a demo intercom system set up, test some of the features, and give you a guide of how to get a basic intercom solution up and running.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">The below guide will initially** be split into 3 key sections with multiple sub-sections:</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #5e97d4; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Single Module Setup (Video Intercom Module)</span></strong><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Setting up the Video Intercom Module</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Setting up the Indoor Station</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #5e97d4; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Three Module Setup (Video, Indicator, Keypad)</span></strong><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Sub Modules &amp; Dip Switches</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Setting Room Numbers &amp; Unlock Codes</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Six Module Setup (above + Display, RFID, nametag)</span></strong><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<div class="ul" style="margin: 0;">
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Nametag &amp; Display Modules</span></div>
</div>
<div class="li" style="margin: 0;">
<div style="margin-top: 5pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 5pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.2; margin-left: 36pt;"><span style="display: inline-block; position: relative; text-indent: -18pt; color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 10pt;"><span style="position: absolute; top: -0.34em; left: 0; font-size: 2em;">•</span> </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Card Reader Module</span></div>
</div>
</div>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">The reason we have decided to cover it this way is that the modular nature of the solution means there are too many variations to cover specifically, so instead we will cover the details of the 3 most common setups and once you know the basics of all 3 any combination of modules should be achievable.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">(**IMPORTANT &#8211; This will be a continual work-in-progress thread and we will add new posts with explanations of new features &amp; settings as we test the intercom further and learn things from customers &amp; Hikvision Support, this initial post will basically be a contents page for the entire thread)</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 16.5pt;">Single Module Setup (Video Intercom Module)</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">The Single Module setup is the entry-level intercom solution for smaller residential &amp; business installs, for this solution you will need:</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">1 x DS-KD8003-IME1 Video Intercom Module Door Station (or -IME1/Surface if you want the surface mount included)</span><br />
<span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">1 x Indoor Station</span><br />
<span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">1 x iVMS-4200 Client Software</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;">How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom</h2>
<h5 style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;">Read More : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/hikvision-ax-pro-configuration-full-setup-video.html">Hikvision AX PRO Configuration Full Setup &amp;#8211; Video</a></h5>
<p><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 13.5pt;">Setting up the Video Intercom Module</span></strong><br />
<strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"><br />
Step 1</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> &#8211; Connect the Video Intercom Module to a source of PoE (either a PoE Injector or Switch)</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Do </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">NOT</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> directly connect the Intercom to the PoE ports on an NVR as this stops the device being visible on the local network</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Step 2</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> &#8211; Install &amp; Open iVMS-4200</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Step 3</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> &#8211; Go to </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Maintenance &amp; Management &gt; Device Management &gt; Device</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> and click </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Online Device</span></strong><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1920" height="1040" class="wp-image-2851 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-9.jpeg" alt="Intercom Setup (1) edit.jpg" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 312" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-9.jpeg 1920w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-9-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-9-1024x555.jpeg 1024w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-9-768x416.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-9-1536x832.jpeg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1920px) 100vw, 1920px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Step 4</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> &#8211; Select the Intercom module from the </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">online</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> device list, click </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Activate</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> and set a password for the device</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1920" height="1040" class="wp-image-2852 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-10.jpeg" alt="Intercom Setup (2) edit.jpg" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 313" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-10.jpeg 1920w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-10-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-10-1024x555.jpeg 1024w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-10-768x416.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-10-1536x832.jpeg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1920px) 100vw, 1920px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="460" height="486" class="wp-image-2853 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-11.png" alt="Intercom Setup (3).png" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 314" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-11.png 460w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-11-284x300.png 284w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 460px) 100vw, 460px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Step 5</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> &#8211; Once activated you will need to click </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Net Info</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> (small world icon) and change intercom’s network details to match your own network</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1694" height="455" class="wp-image-2854 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-12.jpeg" alt="Intercom Setup (4) edit.jpg" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 315" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-12.jpeg 1694w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-12-300x81.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-12-1024x275.jpeg 1024w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-12-768x206.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-12-1536x413.jpeg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1694px) 100vw, 1694px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="658" height="968" class="wp-image-2855 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-13.jpeg" alt="Intercom Setup (5) edit.jpg" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 316" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-13.jpeg 658w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-13-204x300.jpeg 204w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 658px) 100vw, 658px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">(If you know your local network details and have a specific IP address in mind you can manually set the IP and gateway address, if you do not know your network details you can tick </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">DHCP</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">, enter the device password, click </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">OK</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> and DHCP will automatically assign an open IP address on your network to the device)</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Step 6</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> &#8211; With the Network details set you can now select the device from the Online device list and click </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Add</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> to add the device to the iVMS </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">software</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1920" height="1040" class="wp-image-2856 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-14.jpeg" alt="Intercom Setup (6) edit.jpg" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 317" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-14.jpeg 1920w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-14-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-14-1024x555.jpeg 1024w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-14-768x416.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-14-1536x832.jpeg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1920px) 100vw, 1920px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="498" height="527" class="wp-image-2857 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-15.jpeg" alt="Intercom Setup (7) edit.jpg" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 318" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-15.jpeg 498w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-15-283x300.jpeg 283w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 498px) 100vw, 498px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 13.5pt;">Setting up the Indoor Station</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">It is possible to run the Video Intercom without the Indoor Station but that requires all calls from the Intercom to go to the iVMS </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">software</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">, setting up this way means you have to have a dedicated PC running iVMS-4200 24/7 and that PC would need a camera and/or microphone connected to it for calls to be answered. This solution only really makes sense for installs where you will have security staff to monitor the system. (e.g. Shopping centres, large office buildings, etc…)</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">For most setups, especially single module setups, using the Indoor Station is much easier and more discreet (small screen can be wall-mounted or stood on a side table) way of completing your Intercom solution. The Indoor Station can be set up in 2 different ways, using iVMS-4200 or directly using the touchscreen, if you set up and activate using iVMS-4200 then the </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">initial steps are identical to those for the Intercom shown above.</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">The only different step is after you have activated and added the Indoor Station to the iVMS </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">software</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> you will need to click </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Remote Configuration</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> for the Indoor Station and go to </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Network &gt; Linked Network Configuration &gt;</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> and set the </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">(Main) Door Station IP address</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> to the IP address of the Video Intercom to link the 2 devices together.</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1920" height="1040" class="wp-image-2858 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-16.jpeg" alt="Intercom Setup (8) edit.jpg" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 319" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-16.jpeg 1920w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-16-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-16-1024x555.jpeg 1024w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-16-768x416.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-16-1536x832.jpeg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1920px) 100vw, 1920px" /></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="960" height="750" class="wp-image-2859 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-17.jpeg" alt="Intercom Setup (9) edit.jpg" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 320" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-17.jpeg 960w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-17-300x234.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-17-768x600.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">(If you are planning to use iVMS-4200 instead of the Indoor Station then you need to make sure the </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Master Station IP address</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> is set to the IP address of the PC running iVMS-4200, if you don’t know the PC’s IP address you can use </span><a href="https://www.use-ip.co.uk/forum/threads/how-do-i-find-my-router-and-pcs-ip-address-using-a-windows-pc.1633/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #5e97d4; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">this forum guide</span></strong></a><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> to help you find it. </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Even if you are not using iVMS as your main access point of the intercom we would still recommend entering the Master Station address.)</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">If you are setting up via the touchscreen then you simply follow the wizard guide (shown below) which is basically just a simplified version of the step discussed above.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">(The only step during the touchscreen set up that you won’t automatically see in iVMS set up is step 3 shown below &#8211; </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Indoor Station Type</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> &#8211; this step is important if you are connecting multiple indoor stations to the intercom and we will discuss this in more detail in the 3-module set up section. </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">For now, if you are only using one monitor or this is your first monitor of the set up just leave it as the defaults shown in the picture)</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img decoding="async" class="wp-image-2860 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-18.jpeg" alt="indoor station(1).jpg" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 321"></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img decoding="async" class="wp-image-2861 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-19.jpeg" alt="indoor station(2).jpg" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 322"></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img decoding="async" class="wp-image-2862 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-20.jpeg" alt="indoor station(3).jpg" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 323"></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img decoding="async" class="wp-image-2863 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-21.jpeg" alt="indoor station(4).jpg" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 324"></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img decoding="async" class="wp-image-2864 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-22.jpeg" alt="indoor station(5).jpg" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 325"></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Once you have both devices activated, added to iVMS, and linked to each other the basic setup is almost complete. The only other things we would mention are to </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">check </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">firmware</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">, you can follow these links to find the latest firmware for the Video Intercom and the Indoor Station and once you have downloaded the firmware you can go to </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Remote Configuration &gt; System &gt; System Maintenance</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> and load the firmware.</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="960" height="750" class="wp-image-2865 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-23.jpeg" alt="Intercom Setup (10) edit.jpg" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 326" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-23.jpeg 960w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-23-300x234.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-23-768x600.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Finally, for now, we would also recommend that you check which device the Intercom is calling, if you go to the Video Intercom in iVMS and click </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Remote Configuration &gt; Intercom &gt; Dial &gt;</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> you will see a page with the options to call </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Management Center (iVMS-4200)</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> or </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Call Indoor Station</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">, depending on your specific setup make sure the right option is selected and Save that setting.</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="960" height="750" class="wp-image-2866 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-24.jpeg" alt="Intercom Setup (11) edit.jpg" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 327" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-24.jpeg 960w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-24-300x234.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-24-768x600.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 16.5pt;">Three Module Setup (Intercom, Indicator, Keypad)</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">A 3 module setup is something you are more likely to find on a small apartment block or a medium-sized office building with multiple businesses inside where you might need a name tag module and/or keypad module to call different flats/offices. </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">The steps to activate and add a three module intercom to iVMS are exactly the same, the only difference is the steps you perform before powering the Intercom on and a few settings after everything is activated.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">For the specific three-module solution we are talking about in this guide you will need:</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">1 x DS-KD8003-IME1 Video Intercom Module Door Station</span><br />
<span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">1 x DS-KD-IN Video Intercom Indicator Module</span><br />
<span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">1 x DS-KD-KP Video Intercom Keypad Module</span><br />
<span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">1 x DS-KD-ACW3 Surface / -ACF3 Flush Mounting Accessory</span><br />
<span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">1 x Indoor Station</span><br />
<span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">1 x iVMS-4200 Client Software</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">(Obviously, any of the sub-modules can be used in a 3 module setup but we settled on these 2 as they are a common choice for the examples I mentioned above and are also easier to set up than some other modules as they have no settings of their own)</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 13.5pt;">Sub Modules &amp; Dip Switches</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">The first thing you have to do when setting up any multi-module intercom solution (whether that&#8217;s 3, 6, or any number/combination of modules) is to set the Dip Switches on each sub-module.</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1994" height="1994" class="wp-image-2868 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-41.jpeg" alt="dip switches.jpg" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 328" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-41.jpeg 1994w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-41-300x300.jpeg 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-41-1024x1024.jpeg 1024w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-41-150x150.jpeg 150w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-41-768x768.jpeg 768w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-41-1536x1536.jpeg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1994px) 100vw, 1994px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">There is a table and instructions in the manual provided with the Intercom as to how to set the Dip switches, but for absolute beginners, these instructions are not all that clear so I will expand upon them here.</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="940" height="388" class="wp-image-2869 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-42.png" alt="Screenshot 2020-07-17 at 12.38.31.png" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 329" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-42.png 940w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-42-300x124.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-42-768x317.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 940px) 100vw, 940px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Each Intercom setup can have a maximum of 8 sub-modules connected to the initial Video Intercom module and each module features a set of 8 dip switches/digits on the back. The first 4 switches/digits are used for coding the unique addresses of each module (1-8), digits 5,6,7 are reserved and should be just left OFF and finally, there is digit 8 which is a 120Ω resistor and should be set as ON on all modules.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">As you can see from the above table each sub-module address has a unique layout of ON/OFF switches/digits and each module you add to your setup can only use one of the 8 module addresses once in that setup, so once you add your first module and set it to address 1 no other module connected to the same Video Intercom can also use address 1.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">The best way to set the sub-module addresses is sequentially based on how you have them laid out. </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">So in our example of a 3 module layout, we have the Indicator module as the 1st sub-module using address 1 (ON/OFF/OFF/OFF) and the keypad module as the 2nd sub-module using address 2 (OFF/ON/OF/OFF).</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Once you have the Dip switches set you can link the sub-modules together and connect them all back to the main Intercom module using the Module-Connecting cables that come with the Intercom module and/or the mounting accessory.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">(IMPORTANT &#8211; If installing with the Surface mount, make sure before connecting the module cables that you have threaded them underneath the crossbars that divide the different module spaces on the mounting brackets as shown in the user manual and the below image. If you don’t you will trap the cables as you try and fit the modules into the bracket and you won’t be able to secure the modules without damaging the cable.)</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img decoding="async" class="wp-image-2870 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-43.jpeg" alt="A" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 330"></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img decoding="async" class="wp-image-2871 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-44.jpeg" alt="incorrect.jpg" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 331"></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><br />
Correct (behind the crossbars) &#8212;&#8212;- | &#8212;&#8212;- Incorrect (in front of the crossbars)​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Once you have all the modules connected you can then connect the Video Intercom module to your PoE source, slot all the remaining modules into the mounting bracket, and screw the front cover of the mounting bracket back on to secure the modules.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">At this point, the activation and adding to iVMS process is exactly the same as with the single module set up and so you can just </span><a href="https://www.use-ip.co.uk/forum/threads/how-to-set-up-the-hikvision-2nd-generation-modular-intercom.5133/#post-19598" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline; color: #5e97d4; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">follow the steps from the first section of this guide</span></strong></a><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> to activate the Intercom and sub-modules, as well as activating the Indoor Station.</span></p>
<p><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 13.5pt;">Setting Room Numbers &amp; Unlock Codes</span></strong></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">After all the steps are completed and you have everything added to iVMS-4200 then there are 2 key things you will need to look at in relation to this example 3 module setup that is using the keypad &amp; Indicator modules.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">The first thing is </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">room numbers</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">, if you are using one or multiple indoor stations as individual stations that you want the ability to call from the main intercom using the keypad then there are some settings you need to check. Go to </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Remote Configuration</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> for each Indoor Station you have in your setup and </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">click Intercom &gt; ID Configuration &gt;</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> and you will see the below options:</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="960" height="750" class="wp-image-2872 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-45.png" alt="3-module Intercom Setup (1).png" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 332" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-45.png 960w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-45-300x234.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-45-768x600.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Device Type</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> &#8211; There are 2 options, </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Indoor Station</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> or </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Station Extension</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">, for our demo setup we will leave it as Indoor Station as we only have the one station that we need to reach.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Call/Room No.</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> &#8211; depending on the number of Indoor Stations you have this can be set to any number between 1-9999, as we only have the 1 station we will leave it as 1.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Floor No.</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> &#8211; again this depends on the location of the indoor station so that if you have 2 rooms on different floors that for example are both labelled room 10 you can have both indoor stations set to room 10 but each one have a different floor number set so that both stations still have unique ID numbers. </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Again the floor number can be set as any number between 1-9999​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">As mentioned above the stations do support up to 9999 room/floor numbers but this is not the max. Number of stations the </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">software</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> supports, each iVMS client can only support a maximum of 512 Indoor Stations and the room/floor numbers only go higher because the building you are installing the system in may use a certain numbering system and may have room &amp; floor numbers higher than 512. (e.g. an apartment on the 10th floor may have room number 1020 to signify floor No. and room No. on that floor)</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">The other Device Type mentioned above is </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Station Extension</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> and this makes a chosen Indoor Station slave to the main Indoor station, you link the slave Indoor Station to the master Indoor Station by entering its </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">(Main) Door Station address</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> as the IP address of the master Indoor Station and then when the Master Indoor Station is called then all the Station linked to that master via Station Extension will ring at the same time. </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">When you select Station Extension you have to set an </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Index No.</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> which has to be between 1-5 as the maximum No. of extensions that can be connected to one master station is 5.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Once you have set the room and floor No. for all your indoor stations and all the stations are linked back to the Video Intercom module or are set as extensions to other indoor stations, then you can use the keypad on the intercom to type in </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Call/Room No. + Floor No. + # key</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> and the intercom will ring that selected indoor station. (If you only have one floor of indoor stations then just enter the </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Call/Room No. + # key</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> instead)</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">The 2nd thing to set up after room numbers is </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">unlock codes/passwords</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">, if you have wired a magnetic door lock, motorised gate, or similar access control device to the intercom then you will want a password you can enter on the keypad to unlock/activate those access control devices.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">There are 2 ways to set these unlocking passwords depending on if you want to set a </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">public password</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> which you can share with multiple people or a </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">private password</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> if you have lots of individual apartments/offices and you want to give each their own access password. For the public password you will need to go to </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Remote Configuration</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> of the Video Intercom and click </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Intercom &gt; Permission Password &gt;</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> and you will see a drop-down to select 1 of 3 passwords (you can have a max. </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">of</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> 3 public </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">passwords) and 2 boxes to enter and save the new public passwords.</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="960" height="750" class="wp-image-2873 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-46.png" alt="3-module Intercom Setup (2).png" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 333" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-46.png 960w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-46-300x234.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-46-768x600.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">(If you have set any of these passwords before you will also see an Old Password box and will have to enter the old password before changing it to new password)</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Once you have saved 1, 2, or all 3 public passwords you can then go to the keypad </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">module and type </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"># + (Public Password 1/2/3) + #</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> and you should get an audible confirmation that the door/gate is unlocked and the unlock icon on the indicator module should light up as well.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">The process for setting a </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">private unlocking password</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> is almost exactly the same, the only difference is that the password is set in the Indoor Station settings and not the Video Intercom. When you go to </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Remote Configuration &gt; Intercom &gt; Permission Password &gt;</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> for the Indoor Station you will see 3 different </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Password Types</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> to choose from:</span><br />
<span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="960" height="750" class="wp-image-2874 size-full" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-47.png" alt="3-module Intercom Setup (3).png" title="How to Set up the Hikvision 2nd Generation Modular Intercom 334" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-47.png 960w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-47-300x234.png 300w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/Picture-47-768x600.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" /></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="display: inline-block; height: 1em;"><span style="display: none;">.</span></span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Arming/Disarming Password </span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">&#8211; this connects directly to the Zone Alarm setting so that in a scenario where you may have alarm devices linked to the Intercom (e.g. burglar alarm, PIR motion detector, smoke alarm, etc…) you can use this password to quickly arm and disarm the alarm devices connected to the intercom when you leave or arrive at the property.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Unlocking Password</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> &#8211; This is the private door/gate unlocking password​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">Duress Code</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> &#8211; In a scenario where someone is threatening you and/or forcing you to enter the unlock code for the door/gate, you can set a duress code that is different to the other 2 passwords and when you enter it the intercom will give you the same audible and visible notification that the door is unlocked. </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">But it doesn’t unlock the door and instead sends a notification to the iVMS </span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;">software</span><span style="color: #1d1d1d; font-size: 11.5pt;"> to alert a member of security staff.​</span></p>
<p style="margin-top: 0pt; padding-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8pt; padding-bottom: 0; line-height: 1.3;"><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">In our demo scenario, we only need to set the unlocking password, by default the unlocking password is set to </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">888999</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> so you will need to enter this in the Old Password box before entering and confirming the new password and saving this password.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">Once the Password is saved you can go to the keypad module and just like with the public password enter </span><strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"># + (Unlocking Password) + #</span></strong><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;"> and the door/gate should be unlocked.</span></p>
<p><span style="color: #1d1d1d; background-color: #ffffff; font-size: 11.5pt;">And that is all the basic functions and settings of a 3-module set up using the Keypad and Indicator modules.</span></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/general/how-to-set-up-the-hikvision-2nd-generation-modular-intercom.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How To basic setup of Hikvision NVR</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/how-to-basic-setup-of-hikvision-nvr.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/how-to-basic-setup-of-hikvision-nvr.html#comments</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 08 Aug 2023 20:02:07 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[AcuSense NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[admin]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[app]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Basic Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cat5]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cat5e]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cat6]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV Super Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[default]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[default password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[device]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hik-Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[hikvision]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[how do]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Initial Setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instruction]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP address]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live View]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Monitor]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mouse]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVRs]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password tools]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Platform Access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[poe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PoE injector]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Power]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[reset the password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[sadp tool]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[setup guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Switch]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tools]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[with]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[XVR]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=2541</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[How To basic setup of Hikvision NVR You now need to configure the NVR so that it’s ready to connect to your...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How To basic setup of Hikvision NVR</p>
<p>You now need to configure the NVR so that it’s ready to connect to your network. Don’t worry – this is simpler than it sounds. This initial setup is simplest when done on the local GUI, using a directly connected monitor. The following steps walk you through this initial setup process:</p>
<p><em>Note &#8211; Avoid plugging anything into the back of the NVR until instructed to do so in this tutorial.</em></p>
<p>Firstly, you’ll need to look at the back of your NVR and make sure you can identify the following parts that are needed for this stage:</p>
<p><strong>[1] &#8211; PoE (Power over Ethernet) ports</strong> (Most Hikvision NVRs have PoE ports which will power any camera via the network cable. Those that do not will require you to connect the camera across remotely, using a separate PoE injector or switch for power.)<br />
​</p>
<p><strong>[2] &#8211; VGA display port</strong><br />
​</p>
<p><strong>[3] &#8211; HDMI display port</strong><br />
​</p>
<p><strong>[4] &#8211; USB port(s)</strong> (and mouse &#8211; one should come included with the NVR)<br />
​</p>
<p><strong>[5] &#8211; LAN port </strong>(and ethernet cable &#8211; Cat5e or Cat6 is fine)<br />
​</p>
<p><strong>[6] &#8211; Kettle power socket </strong>(the power lead is included with the NVR)​</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="376" height="100" class="wp-image-2542" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/1619798075245-png.png" alt="1619798075245.png" title="How To basic setup of Hikvision NVR 353" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/1619798075245-png.png 376w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/1619798075245-png-300x80.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 376px) 100vw, 376px" /></p>
<p>Now, follow these steps. It is easier if you leave your cameras disconnected until prompted later in this guide:</p>
<p><strong>Step 1:</strong></p>
<p>Plug the kettle plug into the power inlet to connect the NVR to a power supply.​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="188" height="100" class="wp-image-2543" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/1621342782175-png.png" alt="1621342782175.png" title="How To basic setup of Hikvision NVR 354"></p>
<h2>​How To basic setup of Hikvision NVR</h2>
<blockquote><p>Read More :</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/cctv-super-password-tools.html" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener sponsored">CCTV Super Password Tools</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/configuration-guidance-of-acusense-nvr.html" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener sponsored">Configuration Guidance of AcuSense NVR</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.xvraid.com/guide/cp-plus-xvr-complete-setup-guide.html" target="_blank" rel="nofollow noopener sponsored">CP PLUS XVR complete setup guide</a></li>
</ul>
</blockquote>
<p><strong>Step 2:</strong></p>
<p>Connect your NVR to a display (this can be any monitor or television) by connecting either an HDMI or VGA cable from the monitor to the corresponding port in the back of the NVR.​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="119" height="100" class="wp-image-2544" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/1621343639283-png.png" alt="1621343639283.png" title="How To basic setup of Hikvision NVR 355"></p>
<p>​</p>
<p><strong>Step 3:</strong></p>
<p>Plug your USB mouse into one of the NVR’s USB ports.​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="549" height="100" class="wp-image-2545" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/1621343472163-png.png" alt="1621343472163.png" title="How To basic setup of Hikvision NVR 356" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/1621343472163-png.png 549w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/1621343472163-png-300x55.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 549px) 100vw, 549px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="628" height="100" class="wp-image-2546" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/1621343559410-png.png" alt="1621343559410.png" title="How To basic setup of Hikvision NVR 357" srcset="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/1621343559410-png.png 628w, https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/1621343559410-png-300x48.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 628px) 100vw, 628px" /></p>
<p><strong>Step 4:</strong></p>
<p>Use an ethernet cable to connect your NVR to your local network &#8211; Plug one end of the cable into the RJ45 ports into a network access point (such as an ethernet port on your router), and the other into the LAN port in the back of your NVR.​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="114" height="100" class="wp-image-2547" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/1621343758430-png.png" alt="1621343758430.png" title="How To basic setup of Hikvision NVR 358"></p>
<p>​</p>
<p><strong>Step 5:</strong></p>
<p>Turn the NVR on and let it boot up. Ignore the beeping noise, it’s completely normal and just the NVR telling you that it isn&#8217;t properly configured yet.​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p>You may get a prompt to adjust the NVR&#8217;s resolution to match the connected display, click &#8220;yes&#8221; to view everything in the best resolution supported by your display.​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="160" height="100" class="wp-image-2548" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/step-1-jpg.jpeg" alt="Step 1.jpg" title="How To basic setup of Hikvision NVR 359"></p>
<p>​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><strong>Step 6:</strong></p>
<p>​</p>
<p>Set your language when prompted.​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="160" height="100" class="wp-image-2549" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/language-jpg.jpeg" alt="Language.jpg" title="How To basic setup of Hikvision NVR 360"></p>
<p>​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><strong>Step 7:</strong></p>
<p>Set a password for the NVR , as well as a &#8220;Channel Default Password&#8221;, which will be passed onto any inactive device that is directly connected to the NVR&#8217;s PoE ports. We recommend keeping these passwords the same for simplicity&#8217;s sake. It’s key that you set a password that the NVR defines as strong and that you remember this password, as resetting the passwords on Hikvision devices can be a hassle that you want to avoid, if possible.​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><em>Note &#8211; If you have lost your password then please see our guide on </em><a href="https://www.use-ip.co.uk/forum/threads/how-to-reset-the-password-of-your-hikvision-camera-nvr-in-5-steps-using-the-sadp-tool.2016/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><em>How to Reset the Password of your Hikvision Camera/NVR in 5 steps using the SADP Tool</em></a>​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><em><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="160" height="100" class="wp-image-2550" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/userpassword-page-jpg.jpeg" alt="UserPassword page.jpg" title="How To basic setup of Hikvision NVR 361"></em></p>
<p>​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><strong>Step 8:</strong></p>
<p>Now set a valid &#8220;reserved email&#8221; address for the NVR, which Hikvision will use for verification if you need to reset your password.​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="160" height="100" class="wp-image-2551" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/reserved-email-jpg.jpeg" alt="Reserved email.jpg" title="How To basic setup of Hikvision NVR 362"></p>
<p><strong>Step 9:</strong></p>
<p>Next, set an unlock pattern of your choice by using your mouse to draw any shape you like &#8211; you will be asked to do this twice to confirm the pattern. This will be used to quickly login to your NVR in the local GUI.​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="160" height="100" class="wp-image-2552" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/unlock-pattern-jpg.jpeg" alt="Unlock pattern.jpg" title="How To basic setup of Hikvision NVR 363"></p>
<p>​</p>
<p><strong>Step 10:</strong></p>
<p>Now, set your time zone, your preferred date format, and date/time.​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="160" height="100" class="wp-image-2553" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/datetime-settings-jpg.jpeg" alt="Datetime settings.jpg" title="How To basic setup of Hikvision NVR 364"></p>
<p>​</p>
<p><strong>Step 11:</strong></p>
<p>​</p>
<p>On the Network Setup page:​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p>Leave the &#8220;NIC Type&#8221; as it is.​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p>Either leave the &#8220;Enable Obtain DNS Server&#8221; box ticked, or untick it and use <a href="https://www.increasebroadbandspeed.co.uk/uk-isp-dns-server-settings" target="_blank" rel="noopener">one these recommended public DNS servers</a>.​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p>It is best to leave the &#8220;Enable DHCP&#8221; box unticked here. Instead, set the &#8220;IPv4 Address&#8221; of the NVR to an unused IP address on your network, which is within your gateway&#8217;s range. Your Gateway will typically be the IP address of your router. E.g. if your router&#8217;s IP address is &#8220;192.168.1.1&#8221;, you&#8217;ll want to give the NVR an IP address within the range of &#8220;192.168.1.x&#8221;, where &#8220;x&#8221; is any unused address between &#8220;2&#8221; and &#8220;254&#8221;.​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><em>Note &#8211; DHCP can be left on during this stage of the setup to automatically assign your NVR an open IP address if you like, just be sure to turn it off again once your system up and running. To disable it again once set up, just go to: </em>​</p>
<p><em>System/Configuration→ Network → TCP/IP → DHCP Off → Apply</em>​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p>Input the Subnet Mask of your network (typically it&#8217;s &#8220;255.255.255.0&#8221;) and &#8220;IPv4 Default Gateway&#8221;. If you&#8217;re unsure of these, see the below articles which explain how to check what they are and if a particular IP address is available:​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><a href="https://www.use-ip.co.uk/forum/threads/how-do-i-find-my-router-and-pcs-ip-address-using-a-windows-pc.1633/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><em>How-to: How do I find my router and PC&#8217;s IP address using a Windows PC?</em></a>​</p>
<p><a href="https://www.use-ip.co.uk/forum/threads/how-do-i-find-my-router-and-macs-ip-address-using-a-mac.1659/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><em>How-to: How do I find my router and Mac&#8217;s IP address using a Mac?</em></a>​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p>The &#8220;Internal NIC IPv4 Address&#8221; can be left as it is, this just refers to the NVR’s own LAN address (so Plug and Play cameras will use IP addresses on this range).​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><em><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="160" height="100" class="wp-image-2554" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/network-settings-jpg.jpeg" alt="Network settings.jpg" title="How To basic setup of Hikvision NVR 365"></em></p>
<p>​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><strong>Step 12:</strong></p>
<p>You can now stop the annoying bleeping! Select your hard drive(s) from the list and click &#8220;Init&#8221; to format it, and then &#8220;Next&#8221; when the formatting has completed.​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><em>Note &#8211; This will completely wipe the drive, so please make sure that any that are being reused to not have data that you might need on them. </em>​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="160" height="100" class="wp-image-2555" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/hdd-setup-jpg.jpeg" alt="HDD setup.jpg" title="How To basic setup of Hikvision NVR 366"></p>
<p><strong>Step 13:</strong></p>
<p>​</p>
<p>The next page is for the <em>Camera Setup</em>. As mentioned earlier, we recommend connecting any cameras after the NVR setup process has completed, so you can skip this page.​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><em>Note &#8211; Please see </em><a href="https://www.use-ip.co.uk/forum/threads/part-4-how-do-i-add-a-hikvision-device-to-my-nvr.6025/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><em>part 4</em></a><em> for the instructions for adding cameras to your NVR after the initial setup. </em>​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="160" height="100" class="wp-image-2556" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/camera-setup-jpg.jpeg" alt="Camera setup.jpg" title="How To basic setup of Hikvision NVR 367"></p>
<p><strong>Step 14:</strong></p>
<p>You will now be taken to the platform access page. Again, skip through and leave this for now.​</p>
<p><em>Note &#8211; Please see </em><a href="https://www.use-ip.co.uk/forum/threads/part-12-how-do-i-view-my-hikvision-ip-camera-on-a-mobile-device-or-tablet-using-the-hik-connect-app.6257/" target="_blank" rel="noopener"><em>part 12</em></a><em> for adding the NVR to the Hik-Connect app, which revisits this page. </em>​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><em><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="160" height="100" class="wp-image-2557" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/platform-access-jpg.jpeg" alt="Platform access.jpg" title="How To basic setup of Hikvision NVR 368"></em></p>
<p>​</p>
<p><strong>Step 15:</strong></p>
<p>Finally, you’ll be taken to the Change Password page and given the option to set a new admin password. Ignore this, unless you actually want to change your password. Remember, your admin password is different from your activation password, which you’ll need to use when activating individual cameras on your network.​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p>Click &#8220;Exit&#8221; and &#8220;Yes&#8221; on the &#8220;Exit Wizard&#8221; popup.​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="160" height="100" class="wp-image-2558" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/password-chage-jpg.jpeg" alt="Password chage.jpg" title="How To basic setup of Hikvision NVR 369"></p>
<p>​</p>
<p>That’s the initial setup of your NVR complete. You should now be taken to the NVR&#8217;s live view page (you won&#8217;t see your cameras until these are connected in <a href="https://www.use-ip.co.uk/forum/threads/part-4-how-do-i-add-a-hikvision-device-to-my-nvr.6025/" target="_blank" rel="dofollow noopener sponsored">Part 4</a>), with your main navigation menu at the top of the screen.​</p>
<p>​</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="160" height="100" class="wp-image-2559" src="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/live-view-page-jpg.jpeg" alt="Live view page.jpg" title="How To basic setup of Hikvision NVR 370"></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/how-to-basic-setup-of-hikvision-nvr.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>How to Use Milesight PoE NVR</title>
		<link>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/how-to-use-milesight-poe-nvr.html</link>
					<comments>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/how-to-use-milesight-poe-nvr.html#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[XVR AiD]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 13 Apr 2023 19:17:06 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[access]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[default]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[enable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to use]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP address]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip cam]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ip camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IPC]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Milesight]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[NVR password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[poe]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[POE NVR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tools]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Upgrade]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[upgrade firmware]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.xvraid.com/?p=1328</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[How to Use Milesight PoE NVR For the PoE ports, each port has a fixed number like the above picture showing. They...]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>How to Use Milesight PoE NVR For the PoE ports, each port has a fixed number like the above picture showing. They can be directly used to connect to the Milesight cameras.</p>
<h2><span dir="ltr">1. LAN Port and PoE Ports</span></h2>
<figure>
<div class="image-container "><a class="image-enlarge-link" href="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030060687/original/ZOSGCUB1yuJpdg7pzRRQGOtYqvLrCmUaIA.png?1650293153" target="_blank" rel="noopener" aria-describedby=""><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030060687/original/ZOSGCUB1yuJpdg7pzRRQGOtYqvLrCmUaIA.png?1650293153" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="69030060687" data-index="0" alt="ZOSGCUB1yuJpdg7pzRRQGOtYqvLrCmUaIA" title="How to Use Milesight PoE NVR 393"></a></div>
</figure>
<p><a>Intuitively</a>, there is one LAN port and four PoE ports in the MS-N1009-UPT.</p>
<p>For the LAN port, the default IP address is 192.168.5.200. You can set the local IP for the NVR via Smart Tools which you can download from the official website of Milesight. And you can log-in the NVR to manage it via web by using the IP address .</p>
<p>For the PoE ports, each port has a fixed number like the above picture showing. They can be directly used to connect to the Milesight cameras.</p>
<p><strong>2.How to use PoE ports</strong></p>
<p>For MS-N1004-UPC, the default IP address of the 4 PoE channels are 192.168.20.xx. When you activate a NVR, the NVR password will also be used to activate the PoE channels.</p>
<p>when you put the IP camera into the PoE port,</p>
<ul>
<li>1) It can plug and play as long as its password is same with the NVR.</li>
</ul>
<p>For example: NVR: 192.168.7.150Password: ms111111</p>
<p>IPC1: 192.168.7.151Password: ms111111</p>
<p>Plug in and refresh.</p>
<figure><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030060855/original/yVcPBZI0U6M99A5pkImZ31PY7cOGubTUXw.png?1650293214" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="69030060855" data-index="1" alt="yVcPBZI0U6M99A5pkImZ31PY7cOGubTUXw" title="How to Use Milesight PoE NVR 394"></figure>
<p>You will find that the IP address has been changed into 192.168.20.xx. And it shows .</p>
<p><span dir="ltr">1) </span>When the password of the IP camera is not same with the NVR, we can make it connected through editing the exact password of the IP camera.</p>
<p>For example:NVR: 192.168.7.150Password: ms111111</p>
<p>IPC2: 192.168.7.152Password: ms123456</p>
<p><span class="fr-close-ol"><span dir="ltr">                    Plug in and refresh.</span></span></p>
<div class="image-container "><a class="image-enlarge-link" href="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061071/original/ra6_g0aia2ofcOI6UQuDmaMhaiMkPyEqXQ.png?1650293292" target="_blank" rel="noopener" aria-describedby=""><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061071/original/ra6_g0aia2ofcOI6UQuDmaMhaiMkPyEqXQ.png?1650293292" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="69030061071" data-index="2" alt="ra6 g0aia2ofcOI6UQuDmaMhaiMkPyEqXQ" title="How to Use Milesight PoE NVR 395"></a></div>
<p>The password of the IP camera is not the same as the channel, so status will be shown as <img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-dii lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061261/original/NOP8nkhzmOj0JDLYfuViDonIgkZPqbyzjA.png?1650293352" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="69030061261" data-index="3" alt="NOP8nkhzmOj0JDLYfuViDonIgkZPqbyzjA" title="How to Use Milesight PoE NVR 396">.</p>
<p>There are two ways to edit password to make the IP camera connected:</p>
<p><span dir="ltr">l </span>One way:</p>
<p>Choose the <img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-dii lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061309/original/tVmp2yZPi-CZ0Vsa2o541iyppPmc8JukjA.png?1650293363" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="69030061309" data-index="4" alt="tVmp2yZPi CZ0Vsa2o541iyppPmc8JukjA" title="How to Use Milesight PoE NVR 397"> IP camera, and then click on “Edit Authentication”.</p>
<div class="image-container "><a class="image-enlarge-link" href="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061391/original/f8XGauCxGDLmjof5YFFgBytXYzRcn_ug1w.png?1650293389" target="_blank" rel="noopener" aria-describedby=""><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061391/original/f8XGauCxGDLmjof5YFFgBytXYzRcn_ug1w.png?1650293389" data-id="69030061391" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-index="5" alt="" title="How to Use Milesight PoE NVR 398"></a></div>
<p><span dir="ltr"> </span></p>
<h4>Milesight PoE NVR</h4>
<p>Read Next : <a href="https://www.xvraid.com/how-to/milesight-how-to-upgrade-firmware-for-ip-camera.html">Milesight &amp;#8211; How to Upgrade Firmware for IP Camera</a></p>
<p>After clicking on the button, it will pop up a window as follows. Then input the exact password “ms123456” and click on “OK”.</p>
<p><span dir="ltr"><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061404/original/4FdOcUgVp61shk1hxXAcHfSSj5zac66f_A.png?1650293399" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="69030061404" data-index="6" alt="" title="How to Use Milesight PoE NVR 399"></span></p>
<figure></figure>
<ul>
<li>The other way:</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on the button “Edit”.</p>
<div class="image-container "><a class="image-enlarge-link" href="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061517/original/Q3ujkIuxUIJ49ydwGuWg6KvLDjuTxaaHNw.png?1650293430" target="_blank" rel="noopener" aria-describedby=""><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061517/original/Q3ujkIuxUIJ49ydwGuWg6KvLDjuTxaaHNw.png?1650293430" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="69030061517" data-index="7" alt="" title="How to Use Milesight PoE NVR 400"></a></div>
<p>After clicking on the button, it will pop up a window as follows. Then input the exact password “123456” and click on “OK”.</p>
<figure>
<div class="image-container "><a class="image-enlarge-link" href="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061585/original/XhYrhCsVOVrYxi5q72joV0MGk09ySsn4dQ.png?1650293447" target="_blank" rel="noopener" aria-describedby=""><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061585/original/XhYrhCsVOVrYxi5q72joV0MGk09ySsn4dQ.png?1650293447" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="69030061585" data-index="8" alt="" title="How to Use Milesight PoE NVR 401"></a></div>
</figure>
<p>After saving the password, the status will be shown as <img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-dii lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061685/original/uRdtWd6mO1CthO48lu5xT2vgS3yM_85F9g.png?1650293488" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="69030061685" data-index="9" alt="" title="How to Use Milesight PoE NVR 402"> by clicking on the button “Refresh”.</p>
<figure><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061660/original/lPo1GtvkEMfglWO51PVDt7Q6dRlTvW0W3w.png?1650293477" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="69030061660" data-index="10" alt="lPo1GtvkEMfglWO51PVDt7Q6dRlTvW0W3w" title="How to Use Milesight PoE NVR 403"></figure>
<p><span dir="ltr">3) </span>If the IP camera has ever been connected into the random PoE port , even if its IP address changes after being pulled out , as long as the password dose not change, you can plug in random PoE port without verifying password anymore.</p>
<p>On the contrary, you need to verify the password if you changed the password of the IP camera.</p>
<p>For example:IPC1 :192.168.20.2password: ms111111</p>
<p>Previously it connected in Port1.</p>
<div class="image-container "><a class="image-enlarge-link" href="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061741/original/KShx6GP8kmKtDhZNHpXFhq3a5JinpSYc0A.png?1650293524" target="_blank" rel="noopener" aria-describedby=""><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061741/original/KShx6GP8kmKtDhZNHpXFhq3a5JinpSYc0A.png?1650293524" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="69030061741" data-index="11" alt="" title="How to Use Milesight PoE NVR 404"></a></div>
<p>Pull out the IPC1 and edit the IP address into 192.168.7.151, but don’t change the password.</p>
<figure>
<div class="image-container "><a class="image-enlarge-link" href="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061809/original/xJ_mVjAOIVzS1sJQ7Ha9cc845K5UgcFhwg.png?1650293553" target="_blank" rel="noopener" aria-describedby=""><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061809/original/xJ_mVjAOIVzS1sJQ7Ha9cc845K5UgcFhwg.png?1650293553" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="69030061809" data-index="12" alt="" title="How to Use Milesight PoE NVR 405"></a></div>
</figure>
<div class="image-container "><a class="image-enlarge-link" href="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061845/original/vL2OCccLRMyzkxRwNfVVbNXuzTJ-J3siwg.png?1650293562" target="_blank" rel="noopener" aria-describedby=""><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061845/original/vL2OCccLRMyzkxRwNfVVbNXuzTJ-J3siwg.png?1650293562" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="69030061845" data-index="13" alt="vL2OCccLRMyzkxRwNfVVbNXuzTJ J3siwg" title="How to Use Milesight PoE NVR 406"></a></div>
<p>Now put it into Port3. Just refresh, then you will find that it has been connected in Port3 without verifying password and the IP address has been changed into 192.168.20.xx.</p>
<div class="image-container "><a class="image-enlarge-link" href="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061861/original/ROa9ax0S_DxKcCvFbj_OhZnd-IO-R4vjtA.png?1650293578" target="_blank" rel="noopener" aria-describedby=""><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061861/original/ROa9ax0S_DxKcCvFbj_OhZnd-IO-R4vjtA.png?1650293578" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="69030061861" data-index="14" alt="ROa9ax0S DxKcCvFbj OhZnd IO R4vjtA" title="How to Use Milesight PoE NVR 407"></a></div>
<p><span class="note">Note:</span></p>
<p>If you have done the right steps, but you find that the state is “Disconnected”. Please keep clicking on the “Refresh” till “Connected” comes out.</p>
<h2>3. How to configure IP camera connected via PoE</h2>
<p>For the network cameras connected with PoE NVR via PoE ports, you can not view or configure them on web directly because the IP network segments of IP camera and your PC are different. There are two ways to solve this issue.</p>
<p>One way:</p>
<p>1) Connect PC to one of the PoE ports of PoE NVR using a network cable;</p>
<div class="image-container "><a class="image-enlarge-link" href="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061962/original/BiXlyhWvVapHGa_WV6-i8QW51r25LrRH_g.png?1650293616" target="_blank" rel="noopener" aria-describedby=""><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030061962/original/BiXlyhWvVapHGa_WV6-i8QW51r25LrRH_g.png?1650293616" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="69030061962" data-index="15" alt="BiXlyhWvVapHGa WV6 i8QW51r25LrRH g" title="How to Use Milesight PoE NVR 408"></a></div>
<figure>
<div class="image-container d-inline"><a class="image-enlarge-link" href="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69007321226/original/VFtaTZaejuYwMOuxefer3g3yncQWoiiewQ.png?1629812242" target="_blank" rel="noopener" aria-describedby="Configure camera on web via PoE port"><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-dii lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69007321226/original/VFtaTZaejuYwMOuxefer3g3yncQWoiiewQ.png?1629812242" alt="Configure camera on web via PoE port" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="69007321226" data-index="16" title="How to Use Milesight PoE NVR 409"></a></div>
</figure>
<p><span dir="ltr">Then you can view and configure both PoE NVR and IP camera directly on web using corresponding IP address.</span></p>
<div class="image-container "><a class="image-enlarge-link" href="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030062050/original/JAwCapQn763RNu_9_xaIqa18gUuC0LgMVw.png?1650293659" target="_blank" rel="noopener" aria-describedby=""><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030062050/original/JAwCapQn763RNu_9_xaIqa18gUuC0LgMVw.png?1650293659" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="69030062050" data-index="17" alt="" title="How to Use Milesight PoE NVR 410"></a></div>
<ul>
<li>The other way:</li>
</ul>
<p>1) Enable the “ Channel Access” in Setting and saving.</p>
<p><span class="note">Note: This setting is disabled by default.</span></p>
<figure>
<div class="image-container "><a class="image-enlarge-link" href="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030062074/original/KMDq95C1HtwI4Azj1EbY7q5ldxtkzKuwtg.png?1650293675" target="_blank" rel="noopener" aria-describedby=""><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030062074/original/KMDq95C1HtwI4Azj1EbY7q5ldxtkzKuwtg.png?1650293675" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="69030062074" data-index="18" alt="" title="How to Use Milesight PoE NVR 411"></a></div>
</figure>
<p>2) Click on the &#8220;IE&#8221; button.</p>
<figure>
<div class="image-container "><a class="image-enlarge-link" href="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030062117/original/Pn8EsKTdFDxWmORrI1wh9EQEvmevAyhGcA.png?1650293695" target="_blank" rel="noopener" aria-describedby=""><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030062117/original/Pn8EsKTdFDxWmORrI1wh9EQEvmevAyhGcA.png?1650293695" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="69030062117" data-index="19" alt="" title="How to Use Milesight PoE NVR 412"></a></div>
</figure>
<p>3) After clicking on the button, it will pop up a window as follows.</p>
<figure>
<div class="image-container "><a class="image-enlarge-link" href="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030062161/original/Dz0mo1Fbr_B_yHtli_x161O6wL685EfdmA.png?1650293709" target="_blank" rel="noopener" aria-describedby=""><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030062161/original/Dz0mo1Fbr_B_yHtli_x161O6wL685EfdmA.png?1650293709" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="69030062161" data-index="20" alt="" title="How to Use Milesight PoE NVR 413"></a></div>
</figure>
<p>4) Input the user name and password,Then you can view and configure IP camera directly on web.</p>
<figure>
<div class="image-container "><a class="image-enlarge-link" href="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030062173/original/2tHadBYQEsXuf7bery3h01dmHvKUJKda6A.png?1650293722" target="_blank" rel="noopener" aria-describedby=""><img decoding="async" class="fr-fic fr-fil fr-dib lightbox-image" src="https://s3.amazonaws.com/cdn.freshdesk.com/data/helpdesk/attachments/production/69030062173/original/2tHadBYQEsXuf7bery3h01dmHvKUJKda6A.png?1650293722" data-attachment="[object Object]" data-id="69030062173" data-index="21" alt="2tHadBYQEsXuf7bery3h01dmHvKUJKda6A" title="How to Use Milesight PoE NVR 414"></a></div>
</figure>
<div></div>
<div>
<div class="cDcsmb" aria-hidden="true">
<h1 class="WQWxe RES9jf gsrt">Unboxing the Milesight 4K H.265 Mini PoE NVR 1000 Series</h1>
</div>
</div>
<div></div>
<div>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" title="Unboxing the Milesight 4K H.265 Mini PoE NVR 1000 Series" width="500" height="281" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/RkEFt7LsOUA?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.xvraid.com/guide/how-to-use-milesight-poe-nvr.html/feed</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<media:content url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/RkEFt7LsOUA" medium="video" width="1280" height="720">
			<media:player url="https://www.youtube.com/embed/RkEFt7LsOUA" />
			<media:title type="plain">Unboxing the Milesight 4K H.265 Mini PoE NVR 1000 Series</media:title>
			<media:description type="html"><![CDATA[With compact structure design and versatile functions, Milesight 4K H.265 Mini PoE NVR 1000 Series are suitable for small surveillance solution.For more choi...]]></media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="https://www.xvraid.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/04/unboxing-the-milesight-4k-h-265-.jpg" />
			<media:rating scheme="urn:simple">nonadult</media:rating>
		</media:content>
	</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
